Японская компания Kyocera производит высококачественные лазерные принтеры и МФУ для офисной печати. Их продукция одна из самых востребованных на сегодняшний день. Ведь печатающие устройства Kyocera характеризуются высокой надежностью, износостойкостью и большим сроком эксплуатации. Однако даже их изделия не являются вечными. Со временем принтеры Kyocera начинают сбоить.
К счастью, оргтехника Kyocera оснащена системой самодиагностики (так же, как и струйные принтеры Canon). Поэтому, в случае возникновения проблемы, устройство самостоятельно выявит уязвимое место и сообщит Вам об этом миганием соответствующего индикатора на панели управления либо кодом ошибки, выведенным на дисплей принтера.
Если Вы не являетесь мастером по обслуживанию принтеров и МФУ Kyocera, то, чтобы понять, о чем сообщает печатающее устройство, Вам потребуется расшифровать указанный им код. Для этого мы добавили в статью таблицу кодов ошибок лазерных принтеров Kyocera серии FS и не только.
Коды ошибок принтеров и МФУ Kyocera, которые можно исправить самостоятельно
Код ошибки |
Значение ошибки |
Решение проблемы |
E-0001 (E1) |
Поврежден чип картриджа либо установлен неоригинальный картридж. |
Замените установленный картридж оригинальной версией изделия. Если хотите сэкономить, тогда купите и установите новый чип на картридж или перепрошейте принтер Kyocera. Однако предварительно не помешает попробовать сбросить ошибку соответствующей комбинацией клавиш (как это сделать, читайте в статье «Сброс ошибки установки неоригинального картриджа в принтерах Kyocera»). |
E-0002 (E2) |
Регион использования картриджа и принтера не совпадают. |
Замените чип или прошейте принтер Kyocera. |
E-0003 (E3) |
Заполнена память принтера или МФУ Kyocera. |
Отпечатайте ранее отсканированные листы или очистите очередь печати нажатием кнопки Стоп/Сброс (ранее отсканированные листы также удалятся из памяти принтера, даже если они еще не были распечатаны). |
E-0007 (E7) |
Тонер-картридж Kyocera израсходовал ресурс красящего вещества. |
Замените или заправьте картридж Kyocera (если используете совместимый или перезаправленный расходник, то после установки его в принтер не забудьте сбросить ошибку зажатием на 3-5 секунды кнопок [Ок] и [Сброс/Стоп]). |
E-0008 (E8) |
Открыта крышка принтера либо не работает датчик закрытия крышек устройства. |
Откройте и еще раз закройте переднюю и заднюю крышку принтера. Во время закрытия Вы должны услышать характерный щелчок. Если не помогло, то причина в неисправности датчика. |
E-0009 (E9) |
Лоток приема бумаги полон. |
Уберите все отпечатанные листы бумаги из выходящего лотка. Чтобы возобновить печать, нажмите кнопку [Старт]. |
E-0012 (E12) |
Ошибка памяти принтера Kyocera. |
Попробуйте уменьшить разрешение печати. Скорее всего, формат создаваемого отпечатка не соответствует возможностям принтера. |
E-0014 (E14) |
Установлен неверный формат бумаги (неподдерживаемый принтером Kyocera). |
Поменяйте бумагу на поддерживаемую принтером либо смените ее формат в настройках печати. Попробуйте обновить программное обеспечение. Возможно, это расширит поддерживаемые принтером Kyocera форматы. |
E-0015 (E15) |
Устройство не подключено к электрической сети либо на компьютере нет (не работает) драйвера принтера Kyocera. |
Проверьте подключение печатающего аппарата к электрической сети, а также целостность кабеля. Если ошибка не исчезает, скачайте драйвер принтера Kyocera и установите его на компьютер. |
E-0017 (E17) |
Ошибка передачи данных. |
Проверьте подключение принтера к компьютеру. Кабель не должен быть длиннее 5 метров, а также обязан поддерживать стандарт USB 2.0. Кроме того, переустановите драйвер принтера и утилиту Kyocera Client Tool. |
E-0018 (E18) |
Очередь печати заполнена. |
Очистите очередь печати нажатием кнопки [Сброс] либо через драйвер принтера. |
E-0019 (E19) |
Неверный формат печати. |
Отмените печать нажатием кнопки [Стоп/Сброс]. Выберите в настройках принтера соответствующий режим печати, а также установите в лоток поддерживаемый принтером формат бумаги. |
J-0000 (jam0000) |
Замятие бумаги за задней крышкой. |
Откройте крышку и извлеките бумагу. Проверьте надежность крепления бумаги в лотке, а также принтер на наличие посторонних предметов. Еще причина может быть в пружине выходного флажка. Если она растянулась, то может плохо работать фиксатор. Также проблема может быть из-за печки, сделайте ее ревизию, переборку и смазку. |
J-0501 (jam0501) |
Бумага застряла в принтере Kyocera |
Извлеките замятую бумагу. Проверьте надежность установки бумаги во входной лоток. Проверьте целостность роликов протяжки бумаги, а также принтер на наличие посторонних предметов. Если не помогло, стоит внимательно осмотреть ребра на направляющей пластине. На них могут образоваться сколы, трещины и заусенцы. Их можно слегка подчистить наждачной бумагой (нулевкой). |
J-0511 (jam0511) |
Принтер Kyocera замял бумагу. |
Извлеките замятую бумагу и повторите печать. Если проблема не исчезла, несите принтер в сервис. Скорее всего, изношен ролик протяжки бумаги. |
C7990 |
Бункер драм-картриджа (блока фотобарабана) заполнен отработанным тонером либо неисправен счетчик отработки красящего вещества. Еще проблема может быть в главной плате PWB. |
Осуществите чистку драм-картриджа (блока фотобарабана). Если проблема в датчике или плате, то нужно отнести принтер в СЦ на диагностику. |
F248 |
Ошибка обработки отпечатываемого материала. |
Перезагрузите принтер. Уберите неподдерживаемые спецсимволы из отпечатка. Обновите ПО принтера Kyocera. Смените режим работы принтера с PDL на GDI (Пуск -> Принтеры -> Свойства -> Параметры устройства). |
PF |
Отсутствует бумага в лотке подачи. |
Загрузите листы бумаги во входной лоток. Если принтер по-прежнему не печатает, значит нужно искать проблему в чем-то другом. |
1101 |
Ошибка сканирования через сеть из-за неправильного имени SMTP сервера. |
Пропишите DNS-адреса помимо прочих настроек печати по сети. |
1102 |
Некорректная настройка сканера для работы через сеть |
Зайдите в Web-панель управления принтером (нужно в адресную строку браузера ввести iP принтера Kyocera). Далее в зависимости от модели введите логин и пароль (Admin/Admin или просто admin00 без логина). Далее следуйте инструкции:
Логин и пароль нужны обязательно, если их нет, то следует создать. |
2101 |
Ошибка передачи данных при сканировании через сеть. |
Правильно настройте параметры (как для ошибки 1102), только предварительно отключите на ПК антивирус и брандмауэр. |
Если Вы испытали все способы, но не смогли убрать ошибку, то следует нести печатающее устройство в сервисный центр. Кроме того, есть ряд ошибок (высвечиваемых на дисплее принтера), которые нельзя устранить в домашних условиях. Соответствующие коды ошибок принтеров Kyocera представляем в очередной таблице.
Коды ошибок принтеров и МФУ Kyocera, которые нужно устранять в сервисном центре
Код ошибки |
Значение ошибки |
Решение проблемы |
0030 |
Неисправность платы управления факсом принтера. |
Замена платы. |
0100 |
Неисправность платы управления или флеш-памяти принтера. |
Замена платы. |
0120 |
Ошибка чтения mac-адреса из-за неисправности флеш-памяти принтера. |
Замена платы. |
0190 |
Неисправность платы управления или флеш-памяти принтера. |
Замена платы. |
0630 |
Неисправность платы управления принтера. |
Замена платы. |
1020 |
Неисправность мотора, привода или отсутствие контакта. |
Разборка принтера и замена изношенных частей. Проверка надежности подключений, замена разорванных (прогоревших) кабелей. Ремонт или замена привода мотора. |
1040 |
Неисправность мотора, привода или отсутствие контакта. |
Разборка принтера и замена изношенных частей. Проверка надежности подключений, замена разорванных (прогоревших) кабелей. Ремонт или замена привода мотора. |
2000 |
Неисправность главной платы управления, соединительного кабеля или привода принтера. |
Проверить ремни, шестерни и ролики привода. Смазать или заменить, если есть дефекты. Заменить привод или главную плату. |
3100 (C3100) |
Неисправность главной платы, привода сканера, датчика положения или нарушение целостности соединений. |
Проверить наличие разрывов и отсутствия контакта. Смазать или заменить изношенные элементы привода. Заменить привод, главную плату, датчик или соединительный кабель. Если Вам повезло, то возможно забыли отключить фиксатор блока сканера. |
3101 |
Сетевой кабель не подсоединен, или нарушена работа концентратора. Еще может быть из-за наличия вирусов в системе или неправильно заданным параметрам сервера SMTP. |
Проверить соединения, правильно настроить параметры сети. |
3300 |
Неисправность главной платы, датчика CIS или соединительного кабеля. |
Проверить контакты, заменить плату или датчик. |
3500 |
Неисправность главной платы или нарушение соединения контактов. |
Проверить контакты, заменить плату. |
4000 (C4000) |
Неисправность главной платы, привода сканера или нарушение соединений. Однако чаще всего ошибка лазера. |
Проверить контакты, заменить плату или привод блока сканера. Почистить лазер, смазать ось полигон-мотора, либо полностью заменить блок лазера. |
4200 |
Неисправность главной платы, блока сканера или датчика BD. |
Отключить питание принтера на 30 минут. Если не помогло, то следует заменить привод сканера или главную плату принтера. |
6000 (С6000) |
Неисправность главной платы, термостата, печки или нарушение соединения контактов. |
Проверить и поправить контакты. Заменить фьюзер. Ремонт или замена печки, термодатчика, термопредохранителя и т.д. |
6020 |
Сгорание термистора или главной платы. |
Замена термистора или главной платы. |
6030 |
Неисправность главной платы, термостата или термистора. Возможно, причина в отсутствии контакта. |
Проверить соединения. Заменить плату, термостат или термистор. |
6400 |
Неисправность главной платы, отсутствие питания или контакта. |
Заменить плату или источник питания. |
F000 |
Неисправность главной платы или отсутствие контакта. |
Проверить соединение ремня безопасности. Заменить ремень или плату управления. |
F020 |
Неисправность элементов памяти принтера. |
Перезагрузить принтер. Если ошибка не устранилась – заменить плату управления. |
F040 |
Неисправность главной платы принтера. |
Перезагрузить принтер. Если ошибка не устранилась – заменить плату управления. |
F05D |
Неисправность главной платы. Сбой программного оборудования привода. Проблемы с прошивкой принтера Kyocera. |
Перезагрузить принтер. Если ошибка не устранилась – заменить плату управления. Перепрошить принтер Kyocera. |
F245 F246 F247 F375 |
Принтер Kyocera заблокирован из-за проблемы, вызванной отказом источника питания. |
Нужно перепрошить принтер специальной сервисной микропрограммой. |
Обратите внимание: Если у печатающего устройства нет дисплея, то определить проблему можно по светодиодным индикаторам, встроенным в панель управления принтером. Например, у Kyocera Ecosys P2135D нужно сосчитать количество миганий индикаторов красного цвета и таким образом определить число, указывающее на ту или иную ошибку. В свою очередь, у модели Kyocera FS-1040 все зависит от темпа мигания светодиода с надписью «Внимание!» («Attention!»):
- Мигает медленно – указывает на отсутствие бумаги в лотке или тонера в картридже.
- Мигает быстро – оповещает о проблеме с памятью устройства, переполненном лотке или замятии бумаги, а также об использовании неоригинальных расходных материалов.
- Горит постоянно – говорит о проблемах с картриджем или фотобарабаном либо указывает на открытые крышки принтера.
Чтобы потребитель мог наверняка определить проблему, рекомендуем использовать утилиту Kyocera Client Tool, которая идет в комплекте с драйверами принтера.
Ваше Имя:
Ваш вопрос:
Внимание: HTML не поддерживается! Используйте обычный текст.
Оценка:
Плохо
Хорошо
Введите код, указанный на картинке:
Error code
J0000
J0101/J0104/J0105/
J0106
J0107
J0110
J0501/J0502/J0503/
J0508/J0509
J0501/J0502/J0503
J0501
J0502/J0503
J0501/J0502/J0503
J0501/J0502/J0503
J0501/J0502/J0503
J0501
J0502/J0503
J0501
J0502/J0503
J0501
J0502/J0503
J0508
J0508
Contents
Power ON jam
Paper jam caused by the
software factor
Fuser temperature stabiliza-
tion time-out
Right cover open detection
No feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
Cassette no feed
No paper feed from the
duplex section
No paper feed from the
duplex section
Note: Prior check point at no feed
Condition: No mark of paper feed at the paper
leading edge and the cassette bottom plate does
not rise.
Condition: No mark of paper feed at the paper
leading edge and, the cassette bottom plate is ris-
ing but the paper feed drive does not start.
Condition: No mark of paper feed at the paper
leading edge and, the cassette bottom plate is ris-
ing but the paper feed drive does not start.
Condition: Mark of paper feed slippage at the
paper leading edge (the pickup roller cannot con-
vey paper.)
Condition: A part other than the center part of the
leading edge of the paper is broken. (Paper jam
occurs as paper is caught up before entering the
retard roller)
Condition: The center part of the paper leading
edge is folded or torn (It does not reach to the
retard roller or retard roller does not rotate).
Condition: The paper conveying force is lowered
and paper slips.
Condition: The paper conveying force is lowered
and paper slips.
Condition: The paper conveying force is lowered
and paper slips or the roller does not rotate.
Condition: The paper conveying force is lowered
and paper slips or the roller does not rotate.
Condition: The sensor detection is unstable.
Condition: The sensor detection is unstable.
Condition: Paper is damaged (Paper is caught
up, the paper conveying force is lowered or paper
slips).
Condition: Paper is not damaged (The duplex
conveying drive does not rotate).
7-32
2RV/2RW/2RX/2RY/3RA-3
note
- Code: C0030
- Description: FAX PWB system error
- Causes: The FAX processing cannot be continued due to the FAX firmware error.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The FAX PWB does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, reattach the FAX PWB and turn the main power switch and the power switch on. FAX Installation Guide
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the fax firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Replacing the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB.
- Code: C0070
- Description: FAX PWB incompatible detection error
- Causes: Abnormal detection of FAX control PWB incompatibility in the initial communication with the FAX control PWB, any normal communication command is not transmitted.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the FAX PWB The incompatible FAX PWB is installed. Install the FAX PWB for the applicable model.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the fax firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB.
- Code: C0100
- Description: Backup memory device error
- Causes: An abnormal status is output from the flash memory.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The flash memory does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Checking the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Reinsert all the connectors on the main PWB. If the wire is pinched by other parts or it is damaged, repair or replace the wire. If not repaired, replace the main PWB.
- Code: C0120
- Description: MAC address data error
- Causes: The MAC address data is incorrect.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The flash memory does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Checking the MAC address The MAC address is incorrect. Replace the main PWB when the MAC address is not indicated on the network status page.
- Code: C0130
- Description: Backup memory read / write error
- Causes: The reading or writing into the flash memory is unavailable.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The flash memory does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Checking the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Reconnect the connectors on the main PWB. At that time, fix or replace the wires if they are pinched by other parts or have any damage. When the issue is not resolved, replace the main PWB.
- Code: C0150
- Description: Engine EEPROM reading / writing error
- Causes: 1. No response from the device is detected for 5s or more 5 times continuously when reading / writing data.
2. The data read reading in 2 points mismatches 8 times continuously. 3. The read data and the write data mismatch 8 times continuously. - Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The EEPROM on the engine PWB does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Checking the EEPROM on the engine PWB The EEPROM is not properly installed. Reattach the EEPROM on the engine PWB.
3 Checking the EEPROM on the engine PWB The EEPROM is faulty. Replace the EEPROM on the engine PWB and execute U004. Detaching and reattaching the EEPROM
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C0160
- Description: Engine PWB EEPROM data error
- Causes: The data read from the EEPROM is judged as abnormal.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The EEPROM on the engine PWB does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Executing U021 The storage data in the EEPROM on the engine PWB is faulty. Execute U021. Executing U021
3 Replacing the EEPROM The EEPROM is faulty. Replace the EEPROM on the engine PWB and execute U004.
- Code: C0170
- Description: Charger count error
- Causes: The values in one of the billing counters, life counter or the scanner counter mismatch between the main side and the engine side.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the machine serial No. of the main PWB The main PWB for the different main unit is installed. Check the machine serial Nos of MAIN and ENGINE at U004, and install the correct main PWB if the MAIN No. differs. Executing U004
2 Checking the machine serial No. in the EEPROM on the engine PWB The EEPROM for the different main unit is installed. Check the machine serial Nos of MAIN and ENGINE at U004, and install the correct EEPROM on the engine PWB if the ENGINE machine serial No. differs.
3 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. If the serial number at the main is different at U004, execute U004 after replacing the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
4 Checking the EEPROM on the engine PWB The EEPROM is faulty. If the serial number at the engine is different at U004, reinstall the EEPROM on the engine PWB. If not repaired, replace the EEPROM and execute U004. Note: Please do not execute U004 in condition the serial number is different. (by selecting [Execute] and pressing [Start] key). Different serial number will be overwritten. Executing U004
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C0180
- Description: Machine serial number mismatch
- Causes: The machine serial Nos. in the main PWB and the EEPROM on the engine PWB mismatch when turning the power on.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the machine serial No. of the main PWB The main PWB for the different main unit is installed. Check the machine serial Nos of MAIN and ENGINE at U004, and install the correct main PWB if the MAIN No. differs. Executing U004
2 Checking the machine serial No. in the EEPROM on the engine PWB The EEPROM for the different main unit is installed. Check the machine serial Nos of MAIN and ENGINE at U004, and install the correct EEPROM on the engine PWB if the ENGINE machine serial No. differs. Executing U004
3 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. If the serial number at the main is different at U004, execute U004 after replacing the main PWB.
4 Checking the EEPROM on the engine PWB The EEPROM is faulty. If the serial number at the engine is different at U004, reinstall the EEPROM on the engine PWB. If not repaired, replace the EEPROM and execute U004. Note: Please do not execute U004 in condition the serial number is different. (by selecting [Execute] and pressing [Start] key). Different serial number will be overwritten. Executing U004
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C0350
- Description: Panel PWB communication error (Electronic volume I2C communication error)
- Causes: Since NACK was received during the I2C communication, the retry was repeated 5 times and the initial command was transmitted, and then the retry was repeated 5 times again. After that, NACK was also received.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The operation of the operation panel main PWB is faulty. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Operation panel main PWB — Main PWB • Operation panel main PWB — NFC PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the operation panel main PWB The operation panel main PWB is faulty. Replace the panel main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the operation panel PWB
4 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
5 Replacing the NFC PWB The NFC PWB is faulty. Replace the NFC PWB.
- Code: C0360
- Description: Engine CPU — Feed ASIC communication error
- Causes: The communication with the feed ASIC failed 10 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The engine PWB does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reinsert the connectors. Replace the wire when it has no continuity. • Feed PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C0630
- Description: DMA error
- Causes: DMA transmission of the image data does not finish within the certain time.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection 0 0
2 Checking the connection 0 0
3 Replacing the wire The connector is not properly connected. Or, the SATA cable or the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following SATA cable connector and the wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the SATA cable or the wire. • DPCIS — DP relay PWB • DP relay PWB — Main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the DP relay PWB The DP relay PWB is faulty. Replace the DP relay PWB. Detaching and reattaching the DP relay PWB
5 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB.
- Code: C0640
- Description: Hard Disk error
- Causes: The HDD cannot be accessed properly.
- Remedy: 1 (When abnormal sounds occur) Replacing the HDD The HDD is faulty. Replace the HDD when the abnormal sounds are from the HDD. Detaching and reattaching the HDD
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the SATA cable or the wire is faulty. Clean the following SATA cable or the terminal of the wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the SATA cable or the wire. • HDD — Main PWB Wiring diagram
3 Initializing the HDD The HDD storage data is faulty. Execute U024 [HDD Format] > [FULL]. Executing U024
4 Replacing the HDD The HDD is faulty. Replace the HDD. Detaching and reattaching the HDD
5 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB.
- Code: C0650
- Description: FAX image storage pair-check error
- Causes: The SSD (FAX image storage) used in other main unit is installed.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the SSD The SSD (FAX image storage) already used in other unit is installed. When installing the SSD used once, replace with the correct SSD. Detaching and reattaching the SSD
2 Executing U671 The SSD (FAX image storage) already used in other unit is reused without executing U671. If installing the used SSD, execute U671 [FAX Data CLEAR]. Executing U671
3 Reinstalling the SSD The SSD (FAX image storage) is not properly installed. Be sure to install the SSD to the connector on the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the SSD
4 Replacing the SSD The SSD (FAX image storage) is faulty. Replace with the new SSD. Detaching and reattaching the SSD
5 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
- Code: C0660
- Description: Hard Disk encryption key error
- Causes: 1. The encrypted password input when replacing the main PWB is not correct.
2. The SSD which was used in other main unit is installed. - Remedy: 1 (When the issue occurs after replacing the main PWB) Executing U004 The encryption key after replacing the main PWB is faulty. Execute U004 when this issue occurs after replacing the main PWB. Executing U004
2 (When abnormal sounds occur) Replacing the HDD The HDD is faulty. Replace the HDD when the abnormal sounds are from the HDD. Detaching and reattaching the HDD
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the SATA cable or the wire is faulty. Clean the following SATA cable or the terminal of the wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the SATA cable or the wire. • HDD — Main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Initializing the HDD The HDD storage data is faulty. Execute U024 [HDD Format] > [FULL]. Executing U024
5 Replacing the HDD The HDD is faulty. Replace the HDD. Detaching and reattaching the HDD
6 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
- Code: C0670
- Description: Hard Disk overwriting error
- Causes: The area that cannot be properly overwritten exists in a part of the HDD.
- Remedy: 1 (When abnormal sounds occur) Replacing the HDD The HDD is faulty. Replace the HDD when the abnormal sounds are from the HDD. Detaching and reattaching the HDD
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the SATA cable or the wire is faulty. Clean the following SATA cable or the terminal of the wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the SATA cable or the wire. • HDD — Main PWB Wiring diagram
3 Initializing the HDD The HDD storage data is faulty. Execute U024 [HDD Format] > [FULL]. Executing U024
4 Replacing the HDD The HDD is faulty. Replace the HDD. Detaching and reattaching the HDD
5 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
- Code: C0680
- Description: SSD error
- Causes: The SSD cannot be accessed, or the error occurs when accessing to the SSD.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the SSD (if lit after replacing the SSD) An SSD out of specification is installed. Install the SSD matching the memory capacity specification.
2 Resetting the main power The SSD is faulty. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
3 Reinstalling the SSD The SSD is not properly installed. Reinstall the SSD on the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the SSD
4 Initializing the SSD The data stored in the SSD is faulty. Retrieve the SSD storage data at U026, and then initialize the SSD at U024. Executing U026 / U024
5 Replacing the SSD The SSD is faulty. Retrieve the SSD storage data at U026, and replace the SSD. Executing U026 / detaching and reattaching the SSD
6 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
- Code: C0800
- Description: Image processing error
- Causes: The print sequence jam (J010x) was detected 2 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the image data The image data is faulty. When this issue occurs only when handling the certain image data, check if the image data is faulty.
2 Checking the situation The printing operation of the certain file is faulty. Acquire the jobs log if the phenomenon can be reproduced by specifying the job when the error was detected.’
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Reinsert all the connectors on the main PWB. If the wire is pinched by other parts or it is damaged, repair or replace the wire. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
4 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
- Code: C0830
- Description: FAX PWB flash program area checksum error
- Causes: The program stored in the flash memory on the FAX PWB is broken so it cannot perform.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the fax firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
2 Checking the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is not properly connected. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, reattach the FAX PWB and turn the main power switch and the power switch on. FAX Installation Guide
3 Initializing the fax The data in the FAX PWB is faulty. Execute U600 to initialize the FAX. Executing U600
4 Replacing the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB. FAX Installation Guide
- Code: C0840
- Description: RTC error («Time for maintenance T» appears)
- Causes: [Check at start-up]
• RTC values are old.
• Power has not been turned on for over 5 years.
• RTC value is older than 2000/1/1 00:01. [Periodic check per 5 minutes after start-up]
• RTC values are older than the ones at the last check.
• Partial operation by power reset after C840 error and «Time for Maintenance T» is indicated. - Remedy: 1 Executing U906 The backup battery on the main PWB is faulty, and so, the RTC settings are erased after unplugging the power cord. Execute U906 to reset the display [Maintenance T]. After that, set the date/time (RTC) in the System menu. (It is necessary to execute this process whenever to unplug/plug the power cord.) Executing U906
2 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty, or the backup battery runs out. If service call error C0840 frequently appears after performing the previous step, replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
- Code: C0870
- Description: PC FAX Image data transmission error
- Causes: Data was not properly transmitted even if the specified times of retry were made when the large volume data is transmitted between the FAX PWB and the main PWB.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The FAX PWB does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, reattach the FAX PWB and turn the main power switch and the power switch on. FAX Installation Guide
2 Initializing the fax The data in the FAX PWB is faulty. Execute U600 to initialize the FAX. Executing U600
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the fax firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
4 Replacing the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB. FAX Installation Guide
5 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
6 Executing U024 The data stored in the SSD is faulty. Execute U024 [SSD Format]. Executing U024
- Code: C0920
- Description: FAX file system error
- Causes: The backup data could not be stored since the file system of the flash memory is faulty.
- Remedy: 1 Initializing the fax FAX control values are incorrect Execute U600 to initialize the FAX. Executing U600
2 Checking the FAX PWB The FAX PWB does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, reattach the FAX PWB and turn the main power switch and the power switch on. FAX Installation Guide
3 Reinstalling the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is not properly installed. Reinstall the FAX PWB. FAX Installation Guide
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the fax firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
5 Replacing the FAX PWB The FAX PWB is faulty. Replace the FAX PWB. FAX Installation Guide
- Code: C0950
- Description: FAX job stay error
- Causes: Print processing of the received FAX could not be executed and the job continues staying.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The printing process is not properly executed. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is faulty. Upgrade the main firmware to the latest version. Firmware upgrade
- Code: C0980
- Description: 24V power interruption detection
- Causes: 1. The 24V power interruption signal was detected for 1s continuously.
2. After passing 100ms since the 24V power interruption signal was detected, the other service call error appeared. Then, the 24V power supply recovered. - Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The printing process is not properly executed. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • LVU — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the LVU The LVU is faulty. Replace the LVU if +24V output from the LVU is not stable and reduced. Detaching and reattaching the LVU
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1000
- Description: MP lift motor error
- Causes: The upper MP lift sensor (for upper limit detection) or lower MP lift sensor (for lower limit detection) does not detect turning on for 3s when the MP lift motor ascends or descends.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the lift base The lift base does not properly operate. If the lift base of the MP tray does not move up and down, repair or replace the lift base.
2 Checking the lift lever The lift lever is not properly attached. Check if the lift lever is located where it moves up and down by the lift motor cam or has no damage. Then, reattach the MP tray or replace the lift lever.
3 Checking the drive gear The drive gears for lifting up the lift base do not properly rotate. Check if the drive gears for lifting up the lift base can rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. Then, apply grease and repair the parts.
4 Checking the conveying unit The drawer connector connection between the conveying unit and the main unit is faulty. Firmly close the conveying unit. If there are foreign objects or the deformation on the drawer connector of the conveying unit for connecting to the main unit, repair them.
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • MP lift motor — Relay PWB • Relay PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking the MP lift motor The MP lift motor is faulty. Check the MP lift motor operation, and replace the motor if necessary.
7 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Upper or lower MP lift sensor — Relay PWB • Relay PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
8 Checking the sensor The upper or lower MP lift sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the upper or lower MP lift sensor. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
9 Replacing the relay PWB The relay PWB is faulty. Replace the relay PWB.
10 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
11 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
12 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1010
- Description: Lift motor 1 error
- Causes: Either of the following was detected 5 times continuously.
1. Lift sensor 2 does not turn on when passing 12s after cassette 1 is installed.
2. The lock-up signal is not released for 1s after lift motor 1 turns on. - Remedy: 1 Checking the cassette base The cassette base does not operate properly. Repair or replace the cassette base if it cannot move vertically.
2 Checking the drive gear The drive gear to lift up the cassette base does not rotate properly. Check if the drive gears to lift up the cassette base rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly.
3 Checking the wire The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Lift motor 1 — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
4 Checking lift motor 1 Lift motor 1 is faulty. Check the operation of lift motor 1, and replace it if necessary. Detaching and reattaching the lift motor
5 Checking the wire The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Lift sensor 1 — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking the sensor Lift sensor 1 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach lift sensor 1. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
7 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
8 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
9 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1020
- Description: Lift motor 2 error
- Causes: Either of the following was detected 5 times continuously.
1. Lift sensor 2 does not turn on when passing 12s after cassette 2 is installed.
2. The lock-up signal is not released for 1s after lift motor 2 turns on. - Remedy: 1 Checking the cassette base The cassette base does not operate properly. Repair or replace the cassette base if it cannot move vertically.
2 Checking the drive gear The drive gear to lift up the cassette base does not rotate properly. Check if the drive gears to lift up the cassette base rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly.
3 Checking the wire The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •Lift motor 2 — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
4 Checking lift motor 2 Lift motor 2 is faulty. Check the operation of lift motor 2, and replace it if necessary. Detaching and reattaching the lift motor
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Lift sensor 2 — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking the sensor Lift sensor 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach lift sensor 2. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
7 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
8 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
9 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1050
- Description: PF lift motor error
Object: Side multi feeder - Causes: [Side multi feeder] The lift error continued 5 times because of one of the phenomena below.
1. The PF lift sensor does not turn on when passing 12s while the PF lift motor turns on for the first time after installing the cassette
2. The PF lift sensor does not turn on when passing 2s while the PF lift motor turns on for the second time or later after insetting the cassette.
3. The lift excess current protection monitor signal turning on is detected for 1s or more while the PF lift motor is operating. - Remedy: 1 Checking the cassette base The cassette base does not operate properly. Repair or replace the cassette base if it cannot move vertically.
2 Checking the drive gear The drive gear to lift up the cassette base does not rotate properly. Check if the drive gears to lift up the cassette base rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift motor — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Checking the PF lift motor The PF lift motor is faulty. Replace the PF lift motor.
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift sensor — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking the sensor The PF lift sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the PF lift sensor. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
7 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
- Code: C1060
- Description: PF lift motor 1 error
Object: Side multi feeder + Large capacity feeder, or Side multi feeder + Paper feeder - Causes: [Paper feeder or large capacity feeder] The lift error occurred 5 times because one if the below phenomenon.
1. The PF lift sensor1 does not turn ON even passing 12s (paper feeder), 23s (large capacity feeder) at the first time the PF lift motor1 ON after inserting the cassette.
2. The PF lift sensor1 does not turn ON even passing 2s at the second time the PF lift motor1 ON or later after inserting the cassette.
3. Detect the lift excess current protection monitor signal ON for more than 1s during the PF lift motor1 operates. - Remedy: 1 Checking the cassette base The cassette base does not operate properly. Repair or replace the cassette base if it cannot move vertically.
2 Checking the drive gear The drive gear to lift up the cassette base does not rotate properly. Check if the lift motor drive gears to lift up the cassette base rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift motor 1 — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing PF lift motor 1 PF lift motor 1 is faulty. Replace PF lift motor 1. Detaching and reattaching the PF lift motor
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift sensor 1 — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking the sensor PF lift sensor 1 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach PF lift sensor 1. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
7 (When installing the paper feeder) Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Paper feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Paper feeder)
8 (When installing the large capacity feeder) Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Large capacity feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Large capacity feeder)
- Code: C1070
- Description: PF lift motor 2 error
Object: Side multi feeder + Large capacity feeder, or Side multi feeder + Paper feeder - Causes: [Paper feeder or large capacity feeder] The lift error continued 5 times because of one of the phenomena below.
1. The PF lift sensor 2 does not turn on when passing 12s (for paper feeder)or 23s (for large capacity feeder) while the PF lift motor 2 turns on for the first time after inserting the cassette.
2. The PF lift sensor 2 does not turn on when passing 2s while the PF lift motor2 turns on for the second time or later after inserting the cassette.
3. Detect the lift excess current protection monitor signal ON for more than 1s during the PF lift motor2 operates. - Remedy: 1 Checking the cassette base The cassette base does not operate properly. Repair or replace the cassette base if it cannot move vertically.
2 Checking the drive gear The drive gear to lift up the cassette base does not rotate properly. Check if the lift motor drive gears to lift up the cassette base rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift motor 2 — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing PF lift motor 2 PF lift motor 2 is faulty. Replace PF lift motor 2. Detaching and reattaching the PF lift motor
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •PF lift sensor 2 — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking the sensor PF lift sensor 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach PF lift sensor 2. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
7 (When installing the paper feeder) Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Paper feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Paper feeder)
8 (When installing the large capacity feeder) Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Large capacity feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Large capacity feeder)
- Code: C1100
- Description: PF lift motor 1 error
- Causes: [The right cassette section of the large capacity feeder for the main unit] The lift error continued 5 times because one of the phenomena below.
1. PF lift sensor 1 does not turn on when passing 23s while PF lift motor 1 turns on for the first time after inserting the cassette.
2. PF lift sensor 1 does not turn on when passing 2s while PF lift motor 1 turns on for the second time or later after inserting the cassette.
3. The excess lift current protection monitor signal turning on for 1s or more is detected while the PF lift motor 1 is operating. - Remedy: 1 Checking the cassette base The cassette base does not operate properly. Repair or replace the cassette base if it cannot move vertically.
2 Checking the drive gear The drive gear to lift up the cassette base does not rotate properly. Check if the drive gears to lift up the cassette base rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift motor 1 — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Checking PF lift motor 1 PF lift motor 1 is faulty. Replace PF lift motor 1.
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift sensor 1 — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking the sensor PF lift sensor 1 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach PF lift sensor 1. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
7 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB
- Code: C1110
- Description: PF lift motor 2 error
- Causes: [The left cassette section of the large capacity feeder for the main unit] The lift error continued 5 times because of one of the phenomena below.
1. PF lift sensor 2 does not turn on when passing 23s while PF lift motor 2 turns on for the first time after inserting the cassette.
2. PF lift sensor 2 does not turn on when passing 2s while PF lift motor 2 turns on for the second time or later after inserting the cassette.
3. The excess lift current protection monitor signal turning on for 1s or more is detected while the PF lift motor 2 is operating. - Remedy: 1 Checking the cassette base The cassette base does not operate properly. Repair or replace the cassette base if it cannot move vertically.
2 Checking the drive gear The drive gear to lift up the cassette base does not rotate properly. Check if the drive gears to lift up the cassette base rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift motor 2 — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing PF lift motor 2 PF lift motor 2 is faulty. Replace PF lift motor 2.
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •PF lift sensor 2 — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking the sensor PF lift sensor 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach PF lift sensor 2. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
7 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB
- Code: C1140
- Description: PF lift motor error
Object: Side feeder - Causes: 1. The PF lift upper limit sensor does not turn on when passing 30s after cassette 5 is inserted.
2. The lock-up signal is detected for 200ms continuously during the PF lift motor operation.
3. The PF lift upper limit sensor does not turn on when passing 2s after the upper limit control when printing starts. - Remedy: 1 Checking the bottom plate The bottom plate does not operate properly. Repair or replace the bottom plate when it does not move vertically.
2 Checking the drive gear The drive gear to lift up the bottom plate does not rotate properly. Check if the drive gears to lift up the bottom plate rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and fix the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift motor — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Checking the PF lift motor The PF lift motor is faulty. Replace the PF lift motor.
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF lift upper limit sensor — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking the PF lift upper limit sensor The PF lift upper limit sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the PF lift upper limit sensor. Then, replace it if it is not fixed.
7 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB
- Code: C1250
- Description: PF multi-feeding sensor communication error
Object: Side multi feeder (For the internal count) - Causes: The PF multi-feeding sensor receives the incorrect communication command 3 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF multi-feeding sensor (emitter) — PF main PWB • PF multi-feeding sensor (receiver) — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the PF multifeeding sensors The PF multi-feeding sensor is faulty. Replace the PF multi-feeding sensor (emitter) or the PF multi-feeding sensor (receiver).
3 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
- Code: C1350
- Description: PF multi-feeding sensor error
Object: Side multi feeder (For the internal count) - Causes: The multi-feeding is detected 5 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF multi-feeding sensor (emitter) — PF main PWB • PF multi-feeding sensor (receiver) — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the PF multifeeding sensors The PF multi-feeding sensor is faulty. Replace the PF multi-feeding sensor (emitter) or the PF multi-feeding sensor (receiver).
3 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
- Code: C1410
- Description: Rotary decurler error
- Causes: The BR conveying decurler sensor does not turn on after cumulative 3 times of operating 400-steps at standby. Or, the BR conveying decurler sensor does not turn off after operating 400-steps at standby.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the rotary decurler The rotary decurler is not properly attached. Check if the rotary decurler or the drive gears rotate smoothly and have no excessive load. Then, apply grease or repair the parts.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BR decurler sensor — BR main PWB • BR conveying guide motor — BR main PWB • BR main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Checking the sensor The BR decurler sensor is faulty. Replace the BR decurler sensor
4 Replacing the BR conveying guide motor The BR conveying guide motor is faulty. Replace the BR conveying guide motor.
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the BR main PWB The BR main PWB is faulty. Replace the BR main PWB.
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1450
- Description: PF multi-feeding sensor backup error
Object: Side multi feeder (For the internal count) - Causes: 1. Write data and read data does not match 3 times continuously when writing.
2. Block erase failed 3 times continuously.
3. Writing does not complete when passing 200ms after starting writing. - Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF multi-feeding sensor (emitter) — PF main PWB • PF multi-feeding sensor (receiver) — PF main PWB Wiring diagram
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the side multi feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Replacing the PF multifeeding sensors The PF multi-feeding sensor is faulty. Replace the PF multi-feeding sensor (emitter) or the PF multi-feeding sensor (receiver).
4 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
- Code: C1800
- Description: Main unit large capacity feeder communication error
Condition: The main unit does not install the paper feeder or the large capacity feeder. Or, when turning the main power off and on while disconnecting the connector of the cable from the side multi feeder, this service call error reappears. (It might be caused by the large capacity feeder for the main unit.) - Causes: The communication error was detected 10 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
5 (When the paper feeder or the large capacity feeder is installed) Field measures for the service call error caused by the enhancement unit It is caused by the enhancement unit. If this service call error reappears after finishing the previous steps, perform the field measures for [C1800: Paper feeder communication error] or [C1800: Large capacity feeder communication error].
- Code: C1800
- Description: Paper Feeder communication error
Condition: When turning the main power off and on while disconnecting the connector of the cable from the side multi feeder, this service call error does not reappear. (It is caused by the paper feeder.) - Causes: The communication error was detected 10 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the paper feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB (Paper feeder) — PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) • PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Paper feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Paper feeder)
4 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1800
- Description: Large capacity feeder communication error
Condition: When turning the main power off and on while disconnecting the connector of the cable from the side multi feeder, this service call error does not reappear. (It is caused by the large capacity feeder.) - Causes: The communication error was detected 10 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the large capacity feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB (Large capacity feeder) — PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) • PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Large capacity feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Large capacity feeder)
4 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1810
- Description: Side Multi Feeder communication error
Object: Side multi feeder - Causes: The communication error was detected 10 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection It is not properly connected to the main unit. Reconnect the cable of the side multi feeder to the main unit.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the side multi feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
4 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1820
- Description: Side Feeder communication error
Object: Side feeder - Causes: The communication error was detected 10 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection It is not properly connected to the main unit. Reconnect the cable of the side feeder to the main unit.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the side feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
4 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side feeder)
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1900
- Description: Main unit large capacity feeder EEPROM error
Condition: The main unit does not install the paper feeder or the large capacity feeder. Or, when outputting Event Log after turning the main power off and on while disconnecting the connector of the cable from the side multi feeder, this service call error is recorded again. (It might be caused by the large capacity feeder for the main unit.) (For the internal count) - Causes: The writing data and the reading data mismatch 3 times continuously when writing.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
5 (When the paper feeder or the large capacity feeder is installed) Field measures for the service call error caused by the enhancement unit It is caused by the enhancement unit. If this service call error is recorded on Event Log after finishing the previous steps, perform the field measures for [C1900: Paper feeder EEPROM error] or [C1800: Large capacity feeder EEPROM error].
- Code: C1900
- Description: Paper Feeder EEPROM error
Condition: When outputting Event Log after turning the main power off and on while disconnecting the connector of the cable from the side multi feeder, this service call error is not recorded. (It is caused by the paper feeder.) (For the internal count) - Causes: The writing data and the reading data mismatch 3 times continuously when writing.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the paper feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB (Paper feeder) — PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) • PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Paper feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Paper feeder)
4 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1900
- Description: Large capacity feeder EEPROM error
Condition: When outputting Event Log after turning the main power off and on while disconnecting the connector of the cable from the side multi feeder, this service call error is not recorded. (It is caused by the large capacity feeder.) (For the internal count) - Causes: The writing data and the reading data mismatch 3 times continuously when writing.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the large capacity feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB (Large capacity feeder) — PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) • PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Large capacity feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Large capacity feeder)
4 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1910
- Description: Side Multi Feeder EEPROM error (For the internal count)
- Causes: The writing data and the reading data mismatch 3 times continuously when writing.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection It is not properly connected to the main unit. Reconnect the cable of the side multi feeder to the main unit.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB — Engine PWB (Cable from the Side Multi Feeder) Wiring diagram
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the side multi feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
4 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C1920
- Description: Side Feeder EEPROM error (For the internal count)
- Causes: The writing data and the reading data mismatch 3 times continuously when writing.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection It is not properly connected to the main unit. Reconnect the cable of the side feeder to the main unit.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the side feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
4 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side feeder)
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C2101
- Description: Developer motor error
- Causes: 1. The ready signal is not at the L level when passing 2s after the developer motor drive starts.
2. The ready signal is at the H level for 1s continuously after developer motor is stable. - Remedy: 1 Checking the developer drive section The developer drive section is faulty. Replace the developer unit drive gear if it is faulty.
2 Checking the developer roller The developer roller is faulty. Check if the developer roller rotates, and replace the developer unit if not rotating. Detaching and reattaching the developer unit
3 Checking the developer motor The developer motor drive is faulty. Execute U030 [DLP(K)] and check the developer motor K operation. Check if the drive gears rotate smoothly and have no excessive load. Then, apply grease to the frictional parts and repair the parts. Executing U030
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Developer motor — Feed PWB • Feed PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
5 Checking the developer motor The developer motor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the developer motor. If not repaired, replace the motor. Detaching and reattaching the developer motor
6 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
7 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
8 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C2201
- Description: Drum motor steady-state error
- Causes: The ready signal is at the H level for 1s continuously after the drum motor became stable.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the drum motor The drum motor drive is faulty. Execute U030 [Process] and check the drum motor operation. Check if the drive gears rotate smoothly and have no excessive load. Then, apply grease to the frictional parts and repair the parts. Executing U030
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Drum motor — Feed PWB • Feed PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Checking the drum unit and the developer unit The drum unit is faulty. Check if the drum or the drum screw rotates manually, and if not, replace drum unit. Detaching and reattaching the drum unit
4 Checking the drum motor The drum motor is faulty. Replace the drum motor. Detaching and reattaching the drum drive unit
5 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
6 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C2211
- Description: Drum motor startup error
- Causes: The ready signal does not turn on when passing 2s after the drum motor starts up.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the drum motor The drum motor operation is faulty. Execute U030 [Process] and check the drum motor operation. Check if the drive gears rotate smoothly and have no excessive load. Then, apply grease to the frictional parts and repair the parts. Executing U030
2 Checking the drum unit and the developer unit The drum does not properly rotate. Check if the drum or the drum screw rotates manually, and if not, replace drum unit. Detaching and reattaching the drum unit
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Drum motor — Feed PWB • Feed PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the drum motor The drum motor is faulty. Replace the drum motor. Detaching and reattaching the drum drive unit
5 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
6 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update 7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C2300
- Description: Fuser motor error
- Causes: 1. The ready signal is at the H level for 1s continuously during the fuser motor drive.
2. The ready signal is not at the L level (stable rotation) when passing 2s after the fuser motor drive starts. - Remedy: 1 Checking the fuser motor The fuser motor operation is faulty. Execute U030 [Fuser] and check the fuser motor operation. Check if the drive gears rotate smoothly and have no excessive load. Then, apply grease to the frictional parts and repair the parts. Executing U030
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Fuser motor — Feed PWB • Feed PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the fuser unit The fuser unit is faulty. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
4 Replacing the fuser motor The fuser motor is faulty. Replace the fuser motor. Detaching and reattaching the fuser drive unit
5 Replacing the fuser drive unit The fuser drive unit is faulty. Replace the fuser drive unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser drive unit
6 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
7 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
8 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C2550
- Description: Transfer motor error
- Causes: 1. The ready signal is not at the L level (stable rotation) when passing 2s after the transfer motor drive starts.
2. The ready signal is at the H level for 1s continuously during the transfer motor drive. - Remedy: 1 Checking the transfer motor The transfer motor operation is faulty. Check if the transfer belt and the drive gears rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. Apply grease to the frictional parts and repair the parts.
2 Checking the conveying unit The drawer connector connection between the conveying unit and the main unit is faulty. Firmly close the conveying unit. If there are foreign objects or the deformation on the drawer connector of the conveying unit for connecting to the main unit, repair them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •Transfer motor — Relay PWB • Relay PWB — Feed PWB • Feed PWB — Engine PWB
4 Replacing the transfer motor The transfer motor is faulty. Replace the transfer motor.
5 Replacing the transfer belt unit The transfer belt unit is faulty. Replace the transfer belt unit. Detaching and reattaching the transfer belt unit
6 Replacing the relay PWB The relay PWB is faulty. Replace the relay PWB.
7 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
8 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
9 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C2610
- Description: PF feed motor error (Large Capacity Feeder in the main unit)
- Causes: The ready signal is not at the L level (stable rotation) for passing 2s since the PF feed motor drive is started.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the PF feed motor The PF feed motor is not properly connected. The drive parts are faulty. Execute U247 [LCF] > [Motor On] to check the paper feeding operation. If the PF feed motor does not properly operate, reconnect the connector. Check if the PF feed roller and the drive gears rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly. Executing U247
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF feed motor — PF main PWB • PF main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF feed motor The PF feed motor is faulty. Replace the PF feed motor. Detaching and reattaching the PF drive unit
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
5 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C2640
- Description: PF feed motor error (Side Feeder)
- Causes:
- Remedy: 1 Checking the PF conveying motor The PF conveying motor is not properly connected. The drive parts are faulty. Execute U247 [Side Deck] > [Motor On] to check the paper feeding operation. If the PF conveying motor does not properly operate, reconnect the connector. Check if the PF feed roller and the drive gears rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly. Executing U247
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF conveying motor — PF main PWB • PF main PWB — Engine PWB (Cable from the side feeder) Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the PF conveying motor The PF conveying motor is faulty. Replace the PF conveying motor. Detaching and reattaching the PF drive unit (Side feeder )
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the side feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
6 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side feeder)
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C2650
- Description: PF feed motor error (Side Multi Feeder)
Object: Side multi feeder - Causes: The ready signal is not at the L level (stable rotation) for passing 2s since the PF feed motor drive is started.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the PF feed motor The PF feed motor is not properly connected. The drive parts are faulty. Execute U247 [SMT] > [Motor On] to check the paper feeding operation. If the PF feed motor does not properly operate, reconnect the connector. Check if the PF feed roller and the drive gears rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly. Executing U247
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF feed motor — PF main PWB • PF main PWB — Engine PWB (Cable from the side multi feeder) Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF feed motor The PF feed motor is faulty. Replace the PF feed motor. Detaching and reattaching the PF drive unit (Side multi feeder)
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the side multi feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
5 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C2660
- Description: PF feed motor error (Large Capacity Feeder)
Object: Side multi feeder + Large capacity feeder - Causes: The ready signal is not at the L level (stable rotation) for passing 2s since the PF feed motor drive is started.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the PF feed motor The PF feed motor is not properly connected. The drive parts are faulty. Execute U247 [Side LCF] > [Motor On] to check the paper feeding operation. If the PF feed motor does not properly operate, reconnect the connector. Check if the PF feed roller and the drive gears rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly. Executing U247
2 Checking the wire The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF feed motor — PF main PWB (Large capacity feeder) • PF main PWB (Large capacity feeder) — PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) • PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) — Engine PWB (Cable of the side multi feeder) Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF feed motor The PF feed motor is faulty. Replace the PF feed motor. Detaching and reattaching the PF drive unit (Large capacity feeder )
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the large capacity feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
5 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Large capacity feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Large capacity feeder)
6 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C2670
- Description: PF feed motor error (Paper Feeder)
Object: Side multi feeder + Paper feeder - Causes: The ready signal is not at the L level (stable rotation) for passing 2s since the PF feed motor drive is started.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the PF feed motor The PF feed motor is not properly connected. The drive parts are faulty. Execute U247 [Side 2PF] > [Motor On] to check the paper feeding operation. If the PF feed motor does not properly operate, reconnect the connector. Check if the PF feed roller and the drive gears rotate smoothly or have no excessive load. And apply the grease to the frictional parts and repair the related parts so that they can rotate smoothly. Executing U247
2 Checking the wire The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PF feed motor — PF main PWB (Paper feeder) • PF main PWB (Paper feeder) — PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) • PF main PWB (Side multi feeder) — Engine PWB (Cable from the side multi feeder) Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the PF feed motor The PF feed motor is faulty. Replace the PF feed motor. Detaching and reattaching the PF drive unit (Paper feeder )
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the paper feeder firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
5 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Paper feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Paper feeder)
6 Replacing the PF main PWB The PF main PWB is faulty. Replace the PF main PWB. (Side multi feeder) Detaching and reattaching the PF main PWB (Side multi feeder)
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C2810
- Description: Waste toner motor error
- Causes: The steady-state speed error, FG pulse abnormal stop, or the abnormal motor drive is detected when reading the error signal from the motor at every 1s.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the waste toner box The waste toner box is not properly installed. Reinstall the waste toner box. Detaching and reattaching the waste toner box
2 Checking the waste toner motor The waste toner motor does not operate properly. Check if the waste toner motor has no excessive load, and repair it.
3 Checking the drive gear The drive gear does not rotate properly. Check if the excessive load is not applied to the drive gears by rotating the gears, and clean the drive gears and the bushing, etc.
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Waste toner motor — Front PWB?• Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
5 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
6 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C3100
- Description: Carriage error
- Causes: When turning the power on or finishing originals scan through the scanner, the alignment of the home position sensor (turning on / off the sensor) fails and the error is detected. Then, the error is detected twice continuously even the initial operation is executed.
- Remedy: 1 Unlocking the scanner mirror frame The scanner mirror frame is not unlocked. Unlock the scanner mirror frame (lamp unit assy). Unlocking the scanner mirror frame
2 Checking the scanner movement A load is applied to the scanner movement. Check the operation of the lamp by U073 or manually moving it. If there is an excess load, check if there are any foreign objects on the optical wire or optical wire drum and clean it. After that, apply grease on the scanner rail. Detaching and reattaching the scanner wires
3 Checking the scanner wires The scanner wires are dirty or come off. Clean and reattach the scanner wires. Detaching and reattaching the scanner wires
4 Checking the scanner motor The scanner motor is faulty. Reattach the scanner motor and reconnect the connector. If not repaired, replace it.
5 Checking the belt tension of the scanner motor A load is applied to the scanner movement since the belt tension is improper. Adjust the scanner motor belt tension properly.
6 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Scanner motor — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
7 Checking the home position sensor The home position sensor is not properly attached. Reattach the home position sensor.
8 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Home position sensor — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
9 Replacing the home position sensor The home position sensor is faulty. Replace the home position sensor.
10 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the scanner firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
11 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C3200
- Description: LED lamp startup error
- Causes: The white reference data acquired by lighting the LED lamp at the initial operation does not reach the specified value. Or, the light amount detected by the CCD PWB is not enough. (2 or more LED lamps do not light. The light does not reach the CCD PWB due to condensation.)
- Remedy: 1 Checking the LED lamp The LED lamp does not light. Execute U061 [CCD] and check if the LED lamp is lit. If not, replace the lamp unit. After that, execute U411 [Table(ChartA)]. Detaching and reattaching the lamp unit
2 Checking the FFC The FFC is not properly connected, or it is faulty. Reconnect the following FFC. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or the FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • CCD PWB — Engine PWB • LED PWB — CCD PWB Wiring diagram
3 Checking the mirror The mirror or lens is frosted due to condensation. Clean the mirrors. If the condensation at the scanner section is resolved naturally by opening the document processor or the platen cover, turn the power switch off and on.
4 Replacing the lens unit The CCD PWB is faulty. Replace the lens unit and execute U411. Detaching and reattaching the lens unit
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the scanner firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C3210
- Description: CIS lamp error
- Causes: Input data did not exceed the threshold for 5s when the CIS lamp was ON.
- Remedy: 1 Releasing the partial operation The partial operation is executed. Execute resetting the partial operation at U906. Executing U906
2 Checking the DPCIS The CIS lamp does not light. Execute U061 [CIS] and check if the CIS lamp is lit. If not, replace the DPCIS and execute U411. Detaching and reattaching the CIS
3 Cleaning the CIS glass and the CIS roller The CIS glass or the CIS roller is dirty. Clean the CIS glass and the CIS roller.
4 Checking the DPSHD PWB The DPSHD PWB is not properly connected. Reconnect the DPSHD PWB to the DPCIS.
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the SATA cable or the wire is faulty. Clean the following SATA cable or the terminal of the wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the SATA cable or the wire. • DPSHD PWB — DP relay PWB • DP relay PWB — Main PWB • DP relay PWB — DP main PWB • DP main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
6 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the DP firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
7 Replacing the DPSHD PWB The DPSHD PWB is faulty. Replace the DPSHD PWB.
8 Replacing the DP relay PWB The DP relay PWB is faulty. Replace the DP relay PWB.
9 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
10 Replacing the DP main PWB The DP main PWB is faulty. Replace the DP main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the DP main PWB
11 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C3300
- Description: CCD AGC error (For the internal count)
- Causes: Brightness of the LED lamp is darker while one of the LED lamp does not turn on or brighter than expected when processing the AGC for the CCD lamp.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the LED lamp The LED lamp is faulty. Check if the LED lamp lights by executing U061 [CCD]. If it does not light, replace the lamp unit and execute U411 [Table (ChartA) ]. Detaching and reattaching the lamp unit
2 Cleaning the backside of the contact glass The white reference sheet is dirty. Clean the white reference sheet at the backside of the contact glass. Detaching and reattaching the contact glass
3 Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, or it is faulty. Reconnect the following FFC. If the FFC terminal section is peeled off, deformed or the FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • LED PWB — CCD PWB • CCD PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the scanner firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
5 Replacing the lens unit The CCD PWB is faulty. Replace the lens unit and execute U411. Detaching and reattaching the lens unit
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C3310
- Description: CIS AGC error (For the internal count)
- Causes: The CIS could not get the normal white reference value after the AGC retry.
- Remedy: 1 Releasing the partial operation The partial operation is executed. Execute resetting the partial operation at U906. Executing U906
2 Cleaning the CIS glass and the CIS roller The CIS glass or the CIS roller is dirty. Clean the CIS glass and the CIS roller.
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the DP firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
4 Checking the DPSHD PWB The DPSHD PWB is not properly connected. Reconnect the DPSHD PWB to the DPCIS.
5 Replacing the DPSHD PWB The DPSHD PWB is faulty. Replace the DPSHD PWB.
6 Replacing the DPCIS The DPCIS is faulty. Replace the DPCIS, and then execute U091 and U411. Detaching and reattaching the DPCIS
7 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the SATA cable is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following SATA cable connector and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the SATA cable. • DPSHD PWB — DP relay PWB • DP relay PWB — Main PWB Wiring diagram
8 Replacing the DP relay PWB The DP relay PWB is faulty. Replace the DP relay PWB.
9 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
- Code: C3500
- Description: Communication error between the scanner and the ASIC
- Causes: The communication error is detected during the communication between the scanner ASIC and the scanner CPU.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power ASIC does not properly operate. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the scanner firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C3600
- Description: Scanner sequence error
- Causes: The program internal processing error of the scanner sequence occurs.
- Remedy: 1 Executing U021 The memory operation is faulty. Execute U021. Executing U021
2 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C3800
- Description: AFE error
- Causes: The writing data and the reading data mismatch 3 times continuously when writing. No response is not returned from AFE for 100ms.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, or it is faulty. Reconnect the following FFC. If the FFC terminal section is peeled off, deformed or the FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • CCD PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the lens unit The CCD PWB is faulty. Replace the lens unit and execute U411. Detaching and reattaching the lens unit
3 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C3900
- Description: Scanner backup memory read / write error (Engine EEPOM)
- Causes: The read-back value of the engine EEPROM differs.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The EEPROM on the engine PWB does not operate properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Checking the EEPROM on the engine PWB The EEPROM is not properly installed. Reattach the EEPROM on the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the EEPROM
3 Checking the EEPROM on the engine PWB The EEPROM is faulty. Replace the EEPROM on the engine PWB and execute U004. Detaching and reattaching the EEPROM
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C4001
- Description: Polygon motor synchronization error
- Causes: The ready signal is not at the L level when passing 30s after the polygon motor drive starts.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Polygon motor — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Checking the polygon motor The polygon motor does not rotate properly. Check the rotation sound of the polygon motor, and reattach or replace the LSU if it does not rotate properly. Detaching and reattaching the LSU
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C4101
- Description: BD initialization error
- Causes: The BD signal was not detected for 1s after driving the polygon motor.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector or the FFC terminal is not properly connected, or the wire or the FFC is faulty. Reconnect the following wire connectors and reconnect the FFC. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • APC PWB — LSU relay PWB • LSU relay PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Checking the LSU The BD sensor or the laser diode is faulty. Reinstall or replace the LSU while paying attention to the static electricity. Detaching and reattaching the LSU
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Replacing the LSU relay PWB The LSU relay PWB is faulty. Replace the LSU relay PWB.
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C4201
- Description: BD steady-state error
- Causes: The BD signal is not detected during the laser lighting.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector or the FFC terminal is not properly connected, or the wire or the FFC is faulty. Reconnect the following wire connectors and reconnect the FFC. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • APC PWB — LSU relay PWB • LSU relay PWB — Engine PWB
2 Checking the LSU The BD sensor or the laser diode is faulty. Reinstall or replace the LSU while paying attention to the static electricity. Detaching and reattaching the LSU
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Replacing the LSU relay PWB The LSU relay PWB is faulty. Replace the LSU relay PWB.
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C5101
- Description: Main high-voltage error
- Causes: When the flow-in current with the Vpp variable in 3 steps is measured during the Vpp adjustment, difference between the zero current value and 2nd step current value is less than the reference value. (The Vpp is adjusted at warm-up, before calibration or before print when the in-machine temperature varies largely from the one at the last time Vpp adjustment.)
- Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the high-voltage PWB Proper electric current does not flow as the main charger roller contact is not properly grounded. Repair the main charger roller contact (wire spring) inside the high-voltage PWB so that it firmly contacts. Detaching and reattaching the high-voltage PWB
2 Checking the drum unit and the developer unit The drum or the drum screw does not properly rotate due to the excessive load. Check if the drum or the drum screw rotates manually, and if not, replace drum unit. Detaching and reattaching the drum unit
3 Replacing the drum motor The drum motor is faulty. Replace the drum motor. Detaching and reattaching the drum drive unit
4 Checking the main charger unit Proper electric current does not flow as the foreign objects are adhered on the high-voltage contact of the main charger roller unit. Clean the high-voltage contact of the main charger roller unit and apply conductive grease to the roller shaft. Detaching and reattaching the main charger roller unit
5 Replacing the main charger roller unit Proper electric current does not flow due to deformation or damage of the high-voltage contact of the main charger roller unit. Replace the main charger roller unit and execute U930. Detaching and reattaching the main charger roller unit
6 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reinsert the connectors. Replace the wire when it has no continuity.• High-voltage PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
7 Replacing the high-voltage PWB The high-voltage PWB is faulty. Replace the high-voltage PWB. Detaching and reattaching the high-voltage PWB
8 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
9 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6000
- Description: IH heating error 1
- Causes: The fuser center thermistor temperature does not reach 100°C / 212°F when passing 60s since warm-up starts. Or, the ready display temperature is not detected when passing 420s since the fuser center thermistor temperature reaches 100°C / 212°F during warm-up.
- Remedy: 1 Executing U169 The IH setting mismatches the power source specification. Set the fuser destination same as the IH PWB voltage at U169. Executing U169
2 Removing foreign material There is foreign material between the fuser unit and the IH unit. Or, foreign material adheres on the heat roller. Remove foreign objects if they are in between the fuser unit and the IH unit or on the heat roller. After that, reinstall the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
6 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature cannot be detected properly due to the broken thermostat or the thermistor error. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
7 Replacing the current PWB The current PWB is faulty. Replace the current PWB.
8 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
9 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
10 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB.
- Code: C6020
- Description: Fuser center thermistor high temperature error
- Causes: The fuser center thermistor detects 240°C / 464°F or more for 1s.
- Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature cannot be detected properly due to the thermistor error, etc. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
6 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
7 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
- Code: C6030
- Description: Fuser center thermistor broken
- Causes: The output from the fuser center thermistor is under 20°C / 68°F level during warm-up. Or, the temperature detected at the fuser center thermistor does not change for 10s after turning the fuser heater on.
- Remedy: 1 Removing foreign material There is foreign material between the fuser unit and the IH unit. Or, foreign material adheres on the heat roller. Remove foreign objects if they are in between the fuser unit and the IH unit or on the heat roller. After that, reinstall the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
5 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature is not properly detected due to the broken wire or the thermistor error in the fuser unit. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
7 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
8 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
- Code: C6040
- Description: Fuser heater error
- Causes: The fuser center thermistor outputs the abnormal value for 1s continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Changing the wall outlet The power voltage descends by 10% or more of the rated voltage when printing. Connect the power cord to a different wall outlet if the power supply voltage descends by 10% or more of the rated voltage.
2 Removing foreign material There is foreign material between the fuser unit and the IH unit. Or, foreign material adheres on the heat roller. Remove foreign objects if they are in between the fuser unit and the IH unit or on the heat roller. After that, reinstall the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
6 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature is not properly detected due to the broken wire or the thermistor error in the fuser unit. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
8 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
9 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
- Code: C6050
- Description: Fuser center thermistor low temperature error
- Causes: The fuser center thermistor detects less than 100°C / 212°F for 1s after warm-up, or during print or standby.
- Remedy: 1 Changing the wall outlet The power voltage descends by 10% or more of the rated voltage when printing. Connect the power cord to a different wall outlet if the power supply voltage descends by 10% or more of the rated voltage.
2 Removing foreign material There is foreign material between the fuser unit and the IH unit. Or, foreign material adheres on the heat roller. Remove foreign objects if they are in between the fuser unit and the IH unit or on the heat roller. After that, reinstall the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
6 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature is not properly detected due to the broken wire or the thermistor error in the fuser unit. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
8 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
9 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
10 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH unit — IH PWB Wiring diagram
11 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. Replace the IH unit. Detaching and reattaching the IH unit
- Code: C6100
- Description: Fuser heater broken (For the internal count)
- Causes: The fuser press thermistor temperature detected does not reach the control temperature within 480s after shifting to the low power mode.
- Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature cannot be detected properly due to the thermistor error, etc. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
6 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
7 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
- Code: C6120
- Description: Fuser press thermistor high temperature error
- Causes: The fuser press thermistor detects 210°C / 410°F or more for 1s.
- Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature cannot be detected properly due to the thermistor error, etc. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
6 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
7 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
- Code: C6130
- Description: Fuser press thermistor broken
- Causes: The detection temperature of the fuser press thermistor does not reach 30°C / 86°F within 60s since warm-up starts.
- Remedy: 1 Removing foreign material There are foreign objects between the fuser press thermistor and the press roller. Or, the foreign objects are adhered on the press roller. Remove foreign objects if any on the press roller. Then, reinstall the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
5 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature is not properly detected due to the broken wire or the thermistor error in the fuser unit. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
7 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
8 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
- Code: C6150
- Description: Fuser press thermistor low temperature error
- Causes: The fuser press thermistor detects less than 30°C / 86°F for 1s after warm-up.
- Remedy: 1 Removing foreign material There are foreign objects between the fuser press thermistor and the press roller. Or, the foreign objects are adhered on the press roller. Remove foreign objects if any on the press roller. Then, reinstall the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
5 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature is not properly detected due to the broken wire or the thermistor error in the fuser unit. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
7 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
8 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
9 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH unit — IH PWB
10 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. Replace the IH unit.
- Code: C6200
- Description: Fuser IH ends heating error
- Causes: The temperature detected at the fuser edge thermistor does not reach 100°C / 212°F within 60s since warmup starts. The temperature detected at the fuser edge thermistor does not reach the ready display temperature within 60s since it reaches 100°C / 212°F during warm-up.
- Remedy: 1 Removing foreign material There is foreign material between the fuser unit and the IH unit. Or, foreign material adheres on the heat roller. Remove foreign objects if they are in between the fuser unit and the IH unit or on the heat roller. After that, reinstall the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
5 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature is not properly detected due to the broken wire or the thermistor error in the fuser unit. Replace the fuser unit.
6 Checking the IH core motor The small size shield plate of the IH core motor does not shift to the proper position. Execute U030 [IH Core] and check the IH core motor rotation. If the motor does not properly operate, repair it. Executing U030
7 Replacing the current PWB The current PWB is faulty. Replace the current PWB.
8 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
9 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
10 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
11 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH unit — IH PWB Wiring diagram
12 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. Replace the IH unit.
- Code: C6220
- Description: Fuser edge thermistor high temperature error
- Causes: The fuser edge thermistor detects 240°C / 464°F or more for 1s.
- Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature is not properly detected due to the broken wire or the thermistor error in the fuser unit. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
6 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
7 Checking the IH core motor The small size shield plate of the IH core motor does not shift to the proper position. Execute U030 [IH Core] and check the IH core motor rotation. If the motor does not properly operate, repair it.
8 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. Replace the IH unit. Detaching and reattaching the IH unit
9 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
10 Checking the fuser edge fan motor Dust accumulates on the fuser edge fan motor, or the motor is not properly attached. Clean the front / rear fuser edge fan motors and reattach them. Fan Motors Attachable Direction
- Code: C6230
- Description: Fuser edge thermistor broken
- Causes: The fuser edge thermistor detects 37°C / 98°or less for 1s when the fuser center thermistor detects 100°C / 212°F or more for 1s during warm-up.
- Remedy: 1 Removing foreign material There is foreign material between the fuser unit and the IH unit. Or, foreign material adheres on the heat roller. Remove foreign objects if they are in between the fuser unit and the IH unit or on the heat roller. After that, reinstall the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
5 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature cannot be detected properly due to the heater broken or the thermistor error. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
7 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
8 Checking the IH core motor The small size shield plate of the IH core motor does not shift to the proper position. Execute U030 [IH Core] and check the IH core motor rotation. If the motor does not properly operate, repair it.
9 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH unit — IH PWB Wiring diagram
10 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. Replace the IH unit. Detaching and reattaching the IH unit
11 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB.
- Code: C6250
- Description: Fuser edge thermistor low temperature error
- Causes: The fuser edge thermistor detects less than 100°C / 212°F for 1s during print or standby.
- Remedy: 1 Removing foreign material There is foreign material between the fuser unit and the IH unit. Or, foreign material adheres on the heat roller. Remove foreign objects if they are in between the fuser unit and the IH unit or on the heat roller. After that, reinstall the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
5 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature cannot be detected properly due to the heater broken or the thermistor error. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
7 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
8 Checking the IH core motor The small size shield plate of the IH core motor does not shift to the proper position. Execute U030 [IH Core] and check the IH core motor rotation. If the motor does not properly operate, repair it. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
9 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH unit — IH PWB Wiring diagram
10 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. Replace the IH unit. Detaching and reattaching the IH unit
11 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
- Code: C6320
- Description: Fuser A3 thermistor high temperature error
- Causes: The fuser A3 thermistor detects 215°C / 419°F or more for 1s.
- Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature is not properly detected due to the wire short-circuit or the thermistor error in the fuser unit. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
6 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
7 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. Replace the IH unit.
8 Checking the fuser edge fan motor Dust accumulates on the fuser edge fan motor, or the motor is not properly attached. Clean the front / rear fuser edge fan motors and reattach them. Fan Motors Attachable Direction
- Code: C6330
- Description: Fuser A3 thermistor broken
- Causes: The fuser A3 thermistor detects 20°C / 68°F or less when the fuser center thermistor detects 100°C / 212°F or more during warm-up.
- Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB • Connector of the fuser unit — IH PWB • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB • IH PWB — IH unit Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the fuser unit The temperature cannot be detected properly due to the heater broken or the thermistor error. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
6 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
7 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. Replace the IH unit. Detaching and reattaching the IH unit
8 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
- Code: C6410
- Description: Fuser unit type mismatch error
- Causes: «Unit Identification» code in the EEPROM of the fuser unit does not match the main unit. The fuser unit for other model is installed.
- Remedy: 1 Replacing the fuser unit The fuser unit for other models is installed. Install the fuser unit for the applicable models. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
5 Replacing the fuser unit The fuser unit is faulty. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6600
- Description: Fuser belt rotation error
- Causes: The belt rotation pulse is not input for 1.8s continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the fuser unit The fuser unit is not properly installed. Check if the fuser rollers rotate manually. After checking it, reinstall the fuser unit while paying attention to the drive gears engagements. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the fuser unit The fuser unit components such as the fuser belt, belt rotation detection mechanism or fuser belt sensor are faulty. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
4 Applying the grease The load increases due to the lack of grease on the bushing or the gears for the fuser motor. Execute U030 [Fuser] and check the fuser motor operation. If the motor does not smoothly rotate, apply grease to the bushing and the gears. Executing U030
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Fuser motor — Feed PWB • Feed PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
6 Replacing the fuser drive gear The fuser drive gear is faulty. Replace the fuser drive gear.
7 Replacing the fuser motor The fuser motor is faulty. Replace the fuser motor. Detaching and reattaching the fuser drive unit
8 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
9 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
10 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
- Code: C6610
- Description: Fuser release sensor error
- Causes: 1. The fuser release sensor does not turn off when passing 5s from the instruction to the fuser release motor to reduce the fuser pressure.
2. The fuser release sensor does not turn on when passing 5s from the instruction to the fuser release motor to increase the fuser pressure. - Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, reinstall the fuser unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Checking the motor operation / connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Execute U030 [Fuser Release] and check the fuser release motor operation. If the motor does not properly operate, clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect them. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Connector of the fuser unit — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the fuser unit The fuser release motor or the fuser release sensor, etc. is faulty. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6620
- Description: IH core motor rotation error
- Causes: 1. The IH core sensor does not turn on within 5s after the IH core motor drives while the IH core sensor is off at the operation of the home position detection.
2. The IH core sensor turning off and on is not detected within 5s after the IH core motor drives while the IH core sensor is on at the operation of the home position detection. - Remedy: 1 Checking the IH unit The connector of the IH unit is not properly connected. Check if the connector pins of the IH unit are bent, and correct them if bent. When there is no problem, reinstall the IH unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the IH unit
2 Checking the IH core sensor The IH core sensor is not properly attached. Reattach the IH core sensor if it comes off.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH core motor and IH core sensor (IH unit ) — Front PWB?• Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the IH unit The IH core sensor or the IH core motor is faulty. Replace the IH unit. Detaching and reattaching the IH unit
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6740
- Description: IH PWB high temperature error
- Causes: The IGBT temperature detected by the IH PWB is 115°C / 239°F or more for 1s continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the IH fan motor Dust accumulates on the IH fan motor. Clean the IH fan motor. The procedure of installing the fan motor.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH fan motor — Feed PWB • Feed PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the IH fan motor The IH fan motor is faulty. Execute U037 [IH PWB] and check the IH fan motor operation. If the fan motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U037
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH PWB — Engine PWB • IH PWB — Feed PWB Wiring diagram
5 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
6 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
8 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB. [C
- Code: C6760
- Description: Fuser IH input excessive electric current error
- Causes: The input current of the IH PWB is 20A or more (120V) / 10A or more (220-240V) for 100ms continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the fuser unit The fuser belt is faulty. Detach the fuser unit and check if the fuser belt is not faulty. If there is any damage, replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH unit — IH PWB?• IH PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
5 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. Replace the IH unit. Detaching and reattaching the IH unit
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6770
- Description: IH low power error
- Causes: The IH PWB detects 60% or less of the set power value for 120ms after the fuser heating starts.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH unit — IH PWB?• IH PWB — Engine PWB?• IH PWB — Feed PWB?• IH PWB — LVU Wiring diagram
2 Changing the input power The input power is improper. Change the input power.
3 Replacing the LVU The LVU is faulty. Replace the LVU. Detaching and reattaching the LVU
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
6 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
7 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
8 Replacing the IH unit The IH unit is faulty. (The coil is broken.) Replace the IH unit. Detaching and reattaching the IH unit
- Code: C6910
- Description: Engine firmware unexpected error
- Causes: 1. The engine stable control continued for one hour.
2. The feed motor does not drive when passing 3s or more while the drum motor or developer motor is driving.
3. The only high voltage remote signal turned on while the drum is stopped. 4. The main charge bias turned off while the developer bias turned on. - Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The power startup delays. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
3 Checking the engine PWB The engine PWB is not properly attached. Or, the connector is not properly connected. Fix the engine PWB with the screw to make sure the grounding and reinsert the connector on the engine PWB all the way. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6920
- Description: IH core fan motor error
- Causes: The lock-up is detected for 5s continuously while the fan motor is driving.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Execute U037 [IH Coil]. If the fan motor does not properly operate, clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. Replace the wire when it has no continuity.• IH core fan motor — Front PWB?• Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Checking the IH core fan motor The IH core fan motor does not properly operate. Clean the IH core fan motor and remove foreign objects if adhered. If not repaired, replace the IH core fan motor.
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6930
- Description: Rear fuser fan motor error
- Causes: The lock-up is detected for 5s continuously while the fan motor is driving.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Execute U037 [Fuser Cooling]. If the fan motor does not properly operate, clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. Replace the wire when it has no continuity.• Rear fuser fan motor — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Checking the rear fuser fan motor The rear fuser fan motor does not properly operate. Clean the rear fuser fan motor, and remove the foreign objects if they adhere there. If not repaired, replace the fan motor.
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6950
- Description: IH PWB communication error
- Causes: The initial communication between the IH PWB and the engine PWB is not established. (10 times of retries are executed in 30ms interval.)
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The power startup delays. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • IH PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • LVU — IH PWB Wiring diagram
4 Checking the power supply voltage The abnormal electric noise is mixed in the power supply voltage. Plug the power cord into another wall outlet.
5 Checking the LVU The fuse on the LVU is broken. Check the continuity of the fuse (F002) on the LVU. Then, replace the LVU if there is no continuity. Detaching and reattaching the LVU
6 Replacing the IH PWB The IH PWB is faulty. Replace the IH PWB. Detaching and reattaching the fuser IH PWB
7 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
8 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6960
- Description: Current PWB error
Object: 120V (For the internal count) - Causes: The current detected is less than 1A for 5s continuously while the fuser power is directed at 500W or more during warm-up. (In case U169 [CT Mode] is set to ON.)
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Current PWB — Feed PWB?• Feed PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the current PWB The current PWB is faulty. Replace the current PWB.
3 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C6980
- Description: Fuser unit EEPROM error
- Causes: The EEPROM in the fuser unit cannot be accessed.
1. No response from the device is detected for 5s or more 5 times continuously when reading / writing the data.
2. Data written in 2 points do not match 8 times continuously.
3. Write data and read data do not match 8 times continuously. - Remedy: 1 Reinstalling the fuser unit The connector of the fuser unit is not properly connected. Check if the pins of the connector of the fuser unit are not bent, and correct the pins if bent. If there is no problem at the pins, firmly connect the connector. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
2 Replacing the fuser unit The fuser unit is faulty. Replace the fuser unit. Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
3 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C7001
- Description: Toner motor error
- Causes: The lock-up is detected 5 times continuously at every 200ms and this continued 30 sets totally (5 times x 30).
- Remedy: 1 Replacing the toner container The spiral in the toner container cannot rotate. Check the spiral in the toner container rotates manually. Then check each gear. If it is damaged, replace the toner container. Detaching and reattaching the toner container
2 Checking the toner container drive components The toner container drive parts does not properly operate, or have excessive load. Pull out the toner container and execute U135. Check if the drive gears can rotate smoothly and have no excessive load. If they are faulty, replace them. Executing U135
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •Toner motor — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Checking the toner motor The toner motor is faulty. Reattach the toner motor. If not repaired, replace the motor.
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C7101
- Description: Toner sensor error
- Causes: The sensor output value is less than 60 or 944 or more for 3s continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the toner sensor The toner sensor is faulty. Check the output value of the toner sensor at U155. Executing U155
2 Reinstalling the developer unit The developer unit is not properly installed. Reinstall the developer unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the developer unit
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the drive gear The drive gears for the developer unit are damaged. (The spiral cannot rotate.) Replace the drive gears for the developer unit.
5 Replacing the developer unit The developer unit (Toner sensor ) is faulty. Replace the developer unit. Detaching and reattaching the developer unit
6 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
7 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
8 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7221
- Description: LSU thermistor broken
- Causes: The input sampling value of the PD PWB (LSU thermistor) exceeds the reference value. (After the error is detected, the detected temperature is regarded as 23°C / 73°F.)
- Remedy: 1 Executing U139 The PD PWB is faulty. Execute U139 [LSU] to check the in-machine temperature around the LSU. (Go to the next step.) Executing U139
2 Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, or it is faulty. Reconnect the following FFC. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or the FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • PD PWB (Connects to the APC PWB in the LSU) — LSU relay PWB • LSU relay PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the LSU The LSU (LSU thermistor) is faulty. Replace the LSU. Detaching and reattaching the LSU
4 Replacing the LSU relay PWB The LSU relay PWB is faulty. Replace the LSU relay PWB.
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and reattaching the engine PWB
- Code: C7231
- Description: LSU thermistor short-circuited
- Causes: The input sampling value of the PD PWB (LSU thermistor) is lower than the reference value. (After the error is detected, the detected temperature is regarded as 23 degrees.)
- Remedy: 1 Executing U139 The PD PWB is faulty. Execute U139 [LSU] to check the in-machine temperature around the LSU. (Go to the next step.) Executing U139
2 Checking the connection The FFC is not properly connected, or it is faulty. Reconnect the following FFC. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or the FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • PD PWB (Connects to the APC PWB in the LSU) — LSU relay PWB • LSU relay PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the LSU The LSU (LSU thermistor) is faulty. Replace the LSU. Detaching and reattaching the LSU
4 Replacing the LSU relay PWB The LSU relay PWB is faulty. Replace the LSU relay PWB.
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7241
- Description: Developer thermistor broken
- Causes: The input sampling value of the toner sensor (developer thermistor) exceeds the reference value. (After the abnormal state is detected, the detection temperature is regarded as 23°C / 73°F.)
- Remedy: 1 Executing U139 The toner sensor is faulty. Execute U139 [Developing] to check the in-machine temperature around the developer unit. (Go to the next step.)
2 Reinstalling the developer unit The developer unit is not properly installed. Reinstall the developer unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the developer unit
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the developer unit The developer unit (Toner sensor ) is faulty. Replace the developer unit. Detaching and reattaching the developer unit
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7251
- Description: Developer thermistor short-circuited
- Causes: The input sampling value of the toner sensor (developer thermistor) is less than the reference value. (After the abnormal state is detected, the detection temperature is regarded as 23°C / 73°F.)
- Remedy: 1 Executing U139 The toner sensor is faulty. Execute U139 [Developing] to check the in-machine temperature around the developer unit. (Go to the next step.)
2 Reinstalling the developer unit The developer unit is not properly installed. Reinstall the developer unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the developer unit
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the developer unit The developer unit (Toner sensor ) is faulty. Replace the developer unit.
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7301
- Description: Toner hopper motor error
- Causes: It occurs 15 times continuously that the screw sensor does not detect the pulse for 200ms when driving the toner hopper motor.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the toner hopper motor The toner hopper motor is faulty. Execute U135 [Hopper] and check the toner hopper motor operation. (Go to the next step.) Executing U135
2 Checking the toner hopper drive section The toner hopper screw does not properly rotate due to excessive load. (The pulse plate does not rotate.) Rotate the toner hopper screw manually. Then, check if toner is not clogged in the toner hopper, and clean inside the toner hopper if necessary. Detaching and reattaching the inner unit
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Toner hopper motor — Front PWB• Screw sensor — Front PWB?• Front PWB — Engine PWB
4 Checking the screw sensor The screw sensor is faulty. Reattach the screw sensor. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
5 Replacing the drive parts The drive transmission from the toner hopper motor is faulty. Reattach the drive gears or the toner hopper motor. If not repaired, replace the parts faulty in operation. Or, replace the inner unit. Detaching and reattaching the inner unit
6 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7401
- Description: Developer unit type mismatch error
- Causes: «Unit Identification» of the EEPROM in the developer unit does not match the main unit.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •Developer unit — Front PWB• Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the developer unit The developer unit (EEPROM) is faulty. Replace the developer unit. Detaching and reattaching the developer unit
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version
4 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7411
- Description: Drum unit type mismatch error
- Causes: «Unit Identification» of the EEPROM in drum unit does not match the main unit.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Drum unit — Front PWB• Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the dum unit The drum unit (EEPROM) is faulty. Replace the drum unit. Detaching and reattaching the drum unit
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7460
- Description: Developer shutter error
- Causes: The power is turned on when the developer shutter is locked.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the developer shutter The developer shutter is locked. Unlock the developer shutter.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Developer shutter sensor — Front PWB • Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Checking the developer shutter sensor The developer shutter sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the developer shutter sensor. If not repaired, replace the sensor.
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
5 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7470
- Description: Toner collection fan motor 1 error
- Causes: The lock-up is detected for 5s continuously while the toner collection fan motor 1 is driving.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Toner collection fan motor 1 — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the toner collection box The toner collection fan motor is faulty. Execute U037 [Toner]. If the operation is faulty, replace the toner collection box.
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7480
- Description: Toner collection fan motor 2 error
- Causes: The lock-up is detected for 5s continuously while the toner collection fan motor 2 is driving.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Toner collection fan motor 2 — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the toner collection box The toner collection fan motor is faulty. Execute U037 [Toner]. If the operation is faulty, replace the toner collection box.
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7602
- Description: ID sensor error
- Causes: • Dark potential error: The sensor output value (FrontDarkP and FrontDardS) is less than 0.15V, or more than 0.80V.
• Light potential error: FrontBrightS is less than FrontDarkS, or FrontBrightP is less than Front- DarkP+0.5V. - Remedy: 1 Cleaning the ID sensor The ID sensor is dirty. Clean the ID sensor surface.
2 Checking the ID sensor shutter The ID sensor shutter does not operate properly. If the ID sensor shutter does not operate properly when executing U033 [ID Sensor] , reattach the cleaning solenoid. Executing U033
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Cleaning solenoid — Relay PWB • Relay PWB — Feed PWB • Feed PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the cleaning solenoid The cleaning solenoid is faulty. Replace the cleaning solenoid
5 Checking the ID sensor The ID sensor is not properly attached. Reattach the ID sensor.
6 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • ID sensor — Feed PWB
7 Replacing the ID sensor The ID sensor is faulty. Check if the value of «T7 CTD» at U465 fluctuates before and after executing Calibration. If not (no adjustment), replace the ID sensor. Executing U465
8 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
9 Replacing the feed PWB The feed PWB is faulty. Replace the feed PWB.
10 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7800
- Description: Outer thermistor broken (For the internal count)
- Causes: The external temperature sensor (external thermistor) cannot be accessed. No response is received from the external thermistor 5 times continuously for 5ms or more when accessing the external thermistor.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Room temperature sensor — Front PWB?• Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the external temperature sensor The external temperature sensor is faulty. Replace the external temperature sensor.
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
4 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7850
- Description: Power source fan motor 1 error
- Causes: The lock-up is detected for 5s continuously while the power source fan motor 1 is driving.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Power source fan motor 1 — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Checking the power source fan motor The power source fan motor does not properly rotate due to dirt. Clean power source fan motor 1 and check if the fan can rotate manually. Then, reattach it. Fan Motors Attachable Direction
3 Replacing the power source fan motor The power source fan motor is faulty. Execute U037 [Low Volt] and check the power source fan motor 1 operation. If the fan motor does not properly operate, replace it. Fan Motors Attachable Direction
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7901
- Description: Drum unit EEPROM error
- Causes: The EEPROM in the drum unit cannot be accessed.
1. No response from the device is detected for 5s or more 5 times continuously when reading / writing the data.
2. Data written in 2 points do not match 8 times continuously.
3. Write data and read data does not match 8 times continuously. - Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The data stored in the EEPROM in the drum unit is faulty. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Reinstalling the drum unit The drum unit is not properly installed. Reinstall drum unit BK so that the connector firmly connects. Detaching and reattaching the drum unit
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Drum unit — Front PWB • Front PWB — Engine PWB
4 Replacing the dum unit The EEPROM in the drum unit is faulty. Replace the drum unit. Detaching and reattaching the drum unit
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7911
- Description: Developer unit EEPROM error
- Causes: The toner sensor (EEPROM) in the developing unit cannot be accessed.
1. No response from the device is detected for 5s or more 5 times continuously at read/write.
2. Data written in 2 points do not match 8 times continuously.
3. Write data and read data does not match 8 times continuously. - Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The data in the toner sensor (EEPROM) of the developer unit is faulty. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Reinstalling the developer unit The developer unit is not properly installed. Reinstall the developer unit so that the connector is firmly connected. Detaching and reattaching the drum unit
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Developer unit — Front PWB • Front PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the developer unit The toner sensor (EEPROM) of the developer unit is faulty. Replace the developer unit. Detaching and reattaching the developer unit
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the front PWB The front PWB is faulty. Replace the front PWB.
7 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C7941
- Description: LSU EEPROM error
- Causes: The APC PWB (EEPROM) in the LSU cannot be accessed. 1. Data written at 2 points do not match 8 times
continuously.
2. Write data and read data do not match 8 times continuously. - Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The data of the APC PWB (EEPROM) in the LSU is faulty. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Checking the FFC The FFC is not properly connected, or it is faulty. Reconnect the following FFC. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or the FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • APC PWB (LSU) — LSU relay PWB • LSU relay PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the LSU The APC PWB (EEPROM) in the LSU is faulty. Replace the LSU.
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
5 Replacing the LSU relay PWB The LSU relay PWB is faulty. Replace the LSU relay PWB.
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C8010
- Description: Punch motor error 1
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Punch unit - Causes: 1. The punch home position sensor does not turn on when passing 200ms after driving the punch motor.
2. The pulse plate does not count the specified pulse when passing 300ms after the punch operation starts. - Remedy: 1 Checking the punch unit The punch unit is not assembled properly. If the punch unit is not shifted manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the punch cam drive components The punch cam drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the punch cam drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Punch motor — PH main PWB • Punch home position sensor — PH main PWB • PH main PWB — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the punch motor The punch motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Punch]. If the punch motor does not properly operate, replace it.
5 Checking the punch home position sensor The punch home position sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Execute U241 [Punch] > [Punch HP]. If the PH home position sensor does not properly operate, reattach it. If not repaired, replace the sensor. Executing U241
6 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the PH firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
7 Replacing the PH main PWB The PH main PWB is faulty. Replace the PH main PWB.
8 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8020
- Description: Punch motor error 2
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Punch unit - Causes: The home position is not aligned within 3s when initializing the home position or standby.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the punch unit The punch unit is not assembled properly. If the punch unit is not shifted manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the punch cam drive components The punch cam drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the punch cam drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Punch motor — PH main PWB • PH main PWB — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the punch motor The punch motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Punch]. If the punch motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the PH firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
6 Replacing the PH main PWB The PH main PWB is faulty. Replace the PH main PWB.
7 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8030
- Description: Punch motor error 3
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Punch unit - Causes: The home position detection does not turn off within 50ms when initializing the home position.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the punch unit The punch unit is not assembled properly. If the punch unit is not shifted manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the punch cam drive components The punch cam drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the punch cam drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Punch motor — PH main PWB • PH main PWB — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the punch motor The punch motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Punch]. If the punch motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the PH firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
6 Replacing the PH main PWB The PH main PWB is faulty. Replace the PH main PWB.
7 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8090
- Description: DF paddle motor error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: 1. The DF paddle sensor does not turn on when passing 1s during the DF paddle motor drive. 2. The DF paddle sensor does not turn off after driving for 1s while the sensor is on.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the DF paddle drive components The DF paddle drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the DF paddle drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •DF paddle motor — DF main PWB • DF paddle sensor — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the DF paddle motor The DF paddle motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Beat]. If the DF paddle motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
4 Replacing the DF paddle sensor The DF paddle sensor is faulty. Execute U241 [Finisher] > [Lead Paddle]. If the DF paddle sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
5 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8100
- Description: DF eject release motor error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: 1. The DF paper bundle ejection switch does not turn on when passing 1s while driving the DF ejection release motor.
2. The DF paper bundle ejection switch does not turn off when driving it for 1s after it turns on. - Remedy: 1 Checking the DF paper stack eject unit The eject guide in the DF paper stack eject unit is deformed. Correct the DF paper stack eject unit.
2 Checking the DF paper stack eject unit drive components The DF paper bundle ejection unit drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the DF paper bundle eject unit drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF ejection release motor — DF main PWB • DF paper bundle ejection switch — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the DF eject release motor The DF eject release motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Eject Unlock (HP) ]. If the DF exit release motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Checking the DF paper stack eject switch The DF paper bundle ejection switch is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the DF paper bundle ejection switch. If not repaired, replace the switch.
6 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8110
- Description: DF shift motor 1 error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: The DF shift sensor 1 does not turn ON or OFF when driving DF shift motor 1 for 3s.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the front shift guide The front shift guide is not assembled properly. If the front shift guide is not shifted manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the front shift guide drive components The front shift guide drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the front shift guide drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •DF shift motor 1 — DF main PWB • DF shift sensor 1 — DF main PWB
4 Replacing DF shift motor 1 DF shift motor 1 is faulty. Replace DF shift motor 1.
5 Checking DF shift sensor 1 DF shift sensor 1 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF shift sensor 1 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Shift Front HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8120
- Description: DF shift motor 2 error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: The DF shift sensor 2 does not turn ON or OFF when driving DF shift motor 2 for 3s.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the rear shift guide The rear shift guide is not assembled properly. If the rear shift guide is not shifted manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the rear shift guide drive components The rear shift guide drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the rear shift guide drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF shift motor 2 — DF main PWB • DF shift sensor 2 — DF main PWB
4 Checking DF shift motor 2 DF shift motor 2 is faulty. Replace DF shift motor 2.
5 Checking DF shift sensor 2 DF shift sensor 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF shift sensor 2 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Shift Tail HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8140
- Description: Main tray error 1
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: DF tray sensor 1 or 2, or , DF tray upper surface sensor 1 or 2 does not turn on when passing 30s while lifting up the main tray.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the main tray The main tray is not properly assembled. If the main tray does not move up and down manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the drive parts The main tray drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the main tray drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF tray motor — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the DF tray motor The DF tray motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Tray]. If the DF tray motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF tray sensor 1 — DF main PWB • DF tray sensor 2 — DF main PWB • DF tray upper surface sensor 1 — DF main PWB • DF tray upper surface sensor 2 — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking DF tray sensor 1, 2 DF tray sensor 1 or 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF tray sensor 1 or 2 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Tray U-Limit] or [Tray HP2]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
7 Checking DF tray upper side sensor 1, 2 DF tray upper surface sensor 1 or 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF tray upper surface sensor 1 or 2 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Tray Top]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
8 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8150
- Description: Main tray error 2
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: DF tray sensor 1 or 2, or , DF tray upper surface sensor 1 or 2 do not turn on and off when passing 5s when the main tray descends.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the main tray The main tray is not properly assembled. If the main tray does not move up and down manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the drive parts The main tray drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the main tray drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF tray motor — DF main PWB Wiring diagram 4 Replacing the DF tray motor The DF tray motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Tray]. If the DF tray motor does not properly operate, replace it.
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF tray sensor 1 — DF main PWB • DF tray sensor 2 — DF main PWB • DF tray upper surface sensor 1 — DF main PWB • DF tray upper surface sensor 2 — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
6 Checking DF tray sensor 1, 2 DF tray sensor 1 or 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF tray sensor 1 or 2 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Tray U-Limit] or [Tray HP2]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
7 Checking DF tray upper side sensor 1, 2 DF tray upper surface sensor 1 or 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF tray upper surface sensor 1 or 2 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Tray Top]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
8 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8160
- Description: DF tray motor error 3
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: DF tray sensor 4 or 5 does not turn on when passing 60s while descending the main tray.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the main tray The main tray is not properly assembled. If the main tray does not move up and down manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the drive parts The main tray drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the main tray drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF tray motor — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the DF tray motor The DF tray motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Tray]. If the DF tray motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF tray sensor 4 — DF main PWB • DF tray sensor 5 (When installing the Folding Unit) — DF main PWB
6 Checking DF tray sensor 4, 5 DF tray sensor 4 or 5 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF tray sensor 4 or 5 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Tray L-Limit] or [Tray L-Limit (BL) ]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
7 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8170
- Description: DF side registration motor 1 error 1
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: The home position cannot be detected after passing 3s when relocating to the home position.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the front DF side registration guide The front DF side registration guide is not assembled properly. If the front DF side registration guide is not shifted manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the front DF side registration guide drive components The front DF side registration guide drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the front DF side registration guide drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF side registration motor 1 — DF main PWB • DF side registration sensor 1 — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing DF side registration motor 1 DF side registration motor 1 is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Width Test (A3) ] or [Width Test (LD) ]. If DF side registration motor 1 does not properly operate, replace it.
5 Checking DF side registration sensor 1 DF side registration sensor 1 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF side registration sensor 1 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Width Front HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8180
- Description: DF side registration motor 1 error 2
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: J6810/J6811/J6812 (Front DF side registration jam) was detected 2 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the front DF side registration guide The front side registration guide is not assembled properly. If the front DF side registration guide is not shifted manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the front DF side registration guide drive components The front DF side registration guide drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the front DF side registration guide drive components.
3 Replacing the front DF side registration guide drive components The front DF side registration guide drive components are faulty. Replace the front DF side registration guide drive components.
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF side registration motor 1 — DF main PWB • DF side registration sensor 1 — DF main PWB
5 Checking DF side registration motor 1 DF side registration motor 1 is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Width Test (A3) ] or [Width Test (LD) ]. If DF side registration motor 1 does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
6 Checking DF side registration sensor 1 DF side registration sensor 1 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF side registration sensor 1 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Width Front HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
7 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8190
- Description: DF side registration motor 2 error 1
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: The home position is not detected when passing 3s while executing the operation of returning to the home position.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the rear DF side registration guide The rear DF side registration guide is not assembled properly. If the rear DF side registration guide is not shifted manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the rear DF side registration guide drive components The rear DF side registration guide drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the rear DF side registration guide drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF side registration motor 2 — DF main PWB • DF side registration sensor 2 — DF main PWB
4 Replacing DF side registration motor 2 DF side registration motor 2 is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Width Test (A3) ] or [Width Test (LD) ]. If DF side registration motor 2 does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Checking DF side registration sensor 2 DF side registration sensor 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF side registration sensor 2 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Width Tail HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8200
- Description: DF side registration motor 2 error 2
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: J6910 (Rear DF side registration jam) is detected twice continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the rear DF side registration guide The rear DF side registration guide is not assembled properly. If the rear DF side registration guide is not shifted manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the rear DF side registration guide drive components The rear side registration guide drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the rear DF side registration guide drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF side registration motor 2 — DF main PWB • DF side registration sensor 2 — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing DF side registration motor 2 DF side registration motor 2 is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Width Test (A3) ] or [Width Test (LD) ]. If DF side registration motor 2 does not properly operate, replace it.
5 Checking DF side registration sensor 2 DF side registration sensor 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach DF side registration sensor 2 and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Width Tail HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8210
- Description: DF staple motor front/rear error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: The home position is not detected when passing 3s while returning to the home position at the initial operation.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the DF staple unit The DF staple unit is not assembled properly. If the DF staple unit is not shifted manually back and forth, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the DF staple unit drive components The DF staple unit drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the DF staple unit drive parts. If not repaired, replace the parts.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF staple motor — DF main PWB • DF staple sensor — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the DF staple motor The DF staple motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Staple]. If the DF staple motor does not properly operate, replace the DF staple unit.
5 Checking the DF staple sensor The DF staple sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the DF staple sensor. Then, replace the DF staple unit if the sensor is not fixed. Detaching and reattaching the DF staple unit
6 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8230
- Description: DF staple motor error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: J7000 (DF staple jam) is detected twice continuously. (Condition of detecting 2nd paper jam: The home position is not detected when passing 600ms since the motor starts up.)
- Remedy: 1 Checking the DF staple unit The DF staple unit is not assembled properly. If the DF staple cannot operate manually without paper jam, repair the part that restricts the DF staple.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF staple unit — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the DF staple unit The DF staple unit is faulty. Replace the DF staple unit. Detaching and reattaching the DF staple unit
4 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8260
- Description: DF middle motor HP detection error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: J7900 (DF paddle jam) is detected twice continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the DF paddle drive components The DF paddle drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach or replace the DF paddle drive components.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DF middle motor — DF main PWB • DF paddle sensor — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the DF middle motor The DF middle motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Middle (H) ] or [Middle (L) ]. If the DF middle motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
4 Checking the DF paddle sensor The DF paddle sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the DF paddle sensor and execute U241 [Finisher] > [Lead Paddle]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
5 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the DF main PWB
- Code: C8300
- Description: Main program error / Folding unit communication error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Folding unit - Causes: The main program of the folding unit is faulty when turning the power on. The communication error appears 10 times continuously after finishing the folding unit firmware version reading.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The operation program does not properly operate. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the BF firmware and the DF firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Checking the BF set switch The BF set switch is not properly attached. Reattach the BF set switch.
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BF main PWB — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
5 Replacing the BF set switch The BF set switch is faulty. Execute U241 [Booklet] > [Set]. If the BF set switch does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the BF main PWB The BF main PWB is faulty. Replace the BF main PWB.
7 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the DF main PWB
- Code: C8310
- Description: BF side registration motor 2 error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Folding unit - Causes: BF side registration sensor 2 does not turn on after passing 1s during the initial operation.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the upper BF side registration guide The upper BF side registration guide is not assembled properly. If the upper BF side registration guide is not shifted manually back and forth, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the upper BF side registration guide drive components The upper BF side registration guide drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the upper BF side registration guide drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BF side registration motor 2 — BF main PWB • BF side registration sensor 2 — BF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing BF side registration motor 2 BF side registration motor 2 is faulty. Execute U240 [Booklet] > [Width Test(A3)] or [Width Test(LD)]. If BF side registration motor 2 does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Checking BF side registration sensor 2 BF side registration sensor 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach BF side registration sensor 2 and execute U241 [Booklet] > [Width Down HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the BF main PWB The BF main PWB is faulty. Replace the BF main PWB.
- Code: C8320
- Description: BF adjustment motor error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Folding unit - Causes: At the initialization, turning on of the BF adjustment sensor is not detected after 2.5s passes.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the BF shift belt The BF shift belt is not assembled properly. If the BF shift belt is not operated manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the BF shift belt drive components The BF shift belt drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the BF shift belt drive parts. Reattach it if the belt comes off. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BF adjustment motor 1, 2 — BF main PWB • BF adjustment sensor 1, 2 — BF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing BF adjustment motor 1, 2 BF adjustment motor 1 or 2 is faulty. Execute U240 [Booklet] > [Bundle Down] or [Bundle Up]. If BF adjustment motor 1 or 2 does not properly operate, replace them. Executing U240
5 Checking BF adjustment sensor 1, 2 BF adjustment sensor 1 or 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach BF adjustment sensor 1 or 2 and execute U241 [Booklet] > [Width Down HP] or [Bundle Up HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the BF main PWB The BF main PWB is faulty. Replace the BF main PWB.
- Code: C8330
- Description: BF blade motor error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Folding unit - Causes: The BF blade sensor does not turn on after passing 3s during the initial operation.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the BF blade The BF blade is not assembled properly. If the BF blade is not operated manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the BF blade drive components The BF blade drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the BF blade drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BF blade motor — BF main PWB • BF blade sensor — BF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the BF blade motor The BF blade motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Booklet] > [Blade]. If the BF blade motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Checking the BF blade sensor The BF blade sensor is faulty. Reattach the BF blade sensor and reinsert the connector. Next, execute U241 [Booklet] > [Blade HP]. If it does not properly operate, replace the sensor. Executing U241
6 Replacing the BF main PWB The BF main PWB is faulty. Replace the BF main PWB.
- Code: C8340
- Description: BF staple motor error 1
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Folding unit - Causes: J7600 (BF staple jam) is detected twice continuously. (Condition of detecting 2nd paper jam: The home position is not detected when passing 600ms since the motor starts up.)
- Remedy: 1 Checking the BF staple unit The BF staple unit is not assembled properly. If the BF staple unit is not operated manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the BF staple unit drive components The BF staple unit drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the BF staple unit drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BF staple unit — BF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the BF staple motor The BF staple motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Booklet] > [Staple]. If the BF staple motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Replacing the BF staple unit The BF staple unit is faulty. Replace the BF staple unit.
6 Replacing the BF main PWB The BF main PWB is faulty. Replace the BF main PWB.
- Code: C8350
- Description: BF side registration motor 1 error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Folding unit - Causes: BF side registration sensor 1 does not turn on after passing 1s during the initial operation.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the lower BF side registration guide The lower BF side registration guide is not assembled properly. If the lower BF side registration guide is not operated manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the lower BF side registration guide drive components The lower BF side registration guide drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the lower BF side registration guide drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BF side registration motor 1 — BF main PWB • BF side registration sensor 1 — BF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing BF side registration motor 1 BF side registration motor 1 is faulty. Execute U240 [Booklet] > [Width Test(A3)] or [Width Test(LD)]. If BF side registration motor 1 does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Checking BF side registration sensor 1 BF side registration sensor 1 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach BF side registration sensor 1 and execute U241 [Booklet] > [Width Up HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the BF main PWB The BF main PWB is faulty. Replace the BF main PWB.
- Code: C8360
- Description: BF main motor error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Folding unit - Causes: The lock-up signal was detected for 1s continuously during the motor operation.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the BF conveying roller The BF conveying roller is not assembled properly. If the BF conveying roller is not rotated manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the BF conveying roller drive parts The BF conveying roller drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the BF conveying roller drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BF main motor — BF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the BF main motor The BF main motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Booklet] > [Folding]. If the BF main motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Replacing the BF main PWB The BF main PWB is faulty. Replace the BF main PWB.
- Code: C8370
- Description: BF staple motor error 2
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Folding unit - Causes: J7600 (BF staple jam) is detected twice continuously. (Condition of detecting 2nd paper jam: The lock-up detection signal is outputs for 500ms continuously during the motor operation.)
- Remedy: 1 Checking the BF staple unit The BF staple unit is not assembled properly. If the BF staple unit is not operated manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the BF staple unit drive components The BF staple unit drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the BF staple unit drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BF staple unit — BF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the BF staple motor The BF staple motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Booklet] > [Staple]. If the BF staple motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
5 Replacing the BF staple unit The BF staple unit is faulty. Replace the BF staple unit.
6 Replacing the BF main PWB The BF main PWB is faulty. Replace the BF main PWB.
- Code: C8410
- Description: Punch slide motor error 1
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Punch unit - Causes: The punch slide sensor does not turn on after the home position shifts 30mm.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the punch unit The punch unit is not assembled properly. If the punch slide section is not shifted manually forwardbackward, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the punch drive components The punch cam drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the punch drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Punch slide motor — PH main PWB • Punch slide sensor — PH main PWB • PH main PWB — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the PH slide motor The punch slide motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Punch Move]. If the punch slide motor does not properly operate, replace it.
5 Checking the punch slide sensor The punch slide sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the punch slide sensor. If not repaired, replace it.
6 Replacing the PH main PWB The PH main PWB is faulty. Replace the PH main PWB.
7 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8420
- Description: Punch slide motor error 2
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Punch unit - Causes: The paper edge cannot be detected even if shifting 30mm when detecting the paper edge.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the punch unit The punch unit is not assembled properly. If the punch slide section is not shifted manually forwardbackward, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the punch drive components The punch cam drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the punch drive parts. If not repaired, replace them.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Punch slide motor — PH main PWB • PH paper edge sensor 1, 2 — PH main PWB • PH main PWB — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the PH slide motor The punch slide motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Motor] > [Punch Move]. If the punch slide motor does not properly operate, replace it.
5 Checking the PH paper edge sensor 1, 2 PH paper edge sensor 1 or 2 is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach PH paper edge sensor 1 or 2 and execute U241 [Punch] > [Edge Face1] or [Edge Face2]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
6 Replacing the PH main PWB The PH main PWB is faulty. Replace the PH main PWB.
7 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8430
- Description: Main program error (Punch unit) / Punch unit communication error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Punch unit - Causes: The main program of the punch unit is faulty when turning the power on. The communication error appears 10 times continuously after finishing the punch unit firmware version reading.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The operation program does not properly operate. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the PH firmware and the DF firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • PH main PWB — DF main PWB
4 Replacing the PH main PWB The PH main PWB is faulty. Replace the PH main PWB.
5 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8500
- Description: Main program error (Mail Box) / Mail Box communication error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Mail box - Causes: The main program of the mail box is faulty when turning the power on. The communication error appears 10 times continuously after finishing the mail box firmware version reading.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The operation program does not properly operate. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the MB firmware and the DF firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • MB main PWB — DF main PWB
4 Replacing the MB main PWB The MB main PWB is faulty. Replace the MB main PWB.
5 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
- Code: C8510
- Description: MB conveying motor error 1
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Mail box - Causes: The MB home position sensor does not turn on after passing 5s during the initial operation.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the MB conveying roller The MB conveying roller is not assembled properly. If the MB conveying roller is not rotated manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • MB conveying motor — MB main PWB • MB home position sensor — MB main PWBPWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the MB conveying motor The MB conveying motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Mail Box] > [Conv]. If the MB conveying motor does not properly operate, replace it.
4 Checking the MB home position sensor The MB home position sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the MB home position sensor and execute U241 [Mail Box] > [Motor HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
5 Replacing the MB main PWB The MB main PWB is faulty. Replace the MB main PWB.
- Code: C8520
- Description: MB conveying motor error 2
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Mail box - Causes: The MB home position sensor does not turn off after passing 1s during the standby operation.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the MB conveying roller The MB conveying roller is not assembled properly. If the MB conveying roller is not rotated manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the MB conveying roller drive components The MB conveying roller drive parts are not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the MB conveying roller drive components.
3 Replacing the MB conveying roller drive components The MB conveying roller drive components are faulty. Replace the MB conveying roller drive components.
4 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • MB conveying motor — MB main PWB • MB home position sensor — MB main PWBPWB
5 Replacing the MB conveying motor The MB conveying motor is faulty. Execute U240 [Mail Box] > [Conv]. If the MB conveying motor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U240
6 Checking the MB home position sensor The MB home position sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the MB home position sensor and execute U241 [Mail Box] > [Motor HP]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U241
7 Replacing the MB main PWB The MB main PWB is faulty. Replace the MB main PWB.
- Code: C8800
- Description: Main program error (DF) / Engine — DF communication error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher - Causes: The main program is faulty when turning on the power. The Engine -DF communication error is detected 10 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The program does not start up properly. Turn the power switch and the main power switch off . After 5s passes, turn the main power switch and the power switch on.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the DP firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reinsert the connectors. Replace the wire when it has no continuity. • DF main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB.
5 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
6 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C8900
- Description: DF backup error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher (For the internal count) - Causes: The writing data and the reading data mismatch 3 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reinsert the connectors. Replace the wire when it has no continuity. • DF main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the DF main PWB The DF main PWB is faulty. Replace the DF main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the DF main PWB
- Code: C8930
- Description: BF unit backup error
Object: 4000-sheet finisher + Folding unit (For the internal count) - Causes: The writing data and the reading data mismatch 3 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • BF main PWB — DF main PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the BF main PWB The BF main PWB is faulty. Replace the BF main PWB.
- Code: C9000
- Description: Main program error (DP) / Document Processor communication error
- Causes: The document processor cannot be communicated.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the scanner firmware and the DP firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DP main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the DP main PWB The DP main PWB is faulty. Replace the DP main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the DP main PWB
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C9040
- Description: DP lift motor ascend error
- Causes: The DF lift upper limit sensor does not detect ON when passing 1500 pulses 5 times or more while the DP lift motor drives to ascend.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the DP original feed lift plate The DP original feed lift plate is not properly attached. If the DP original feed lift plate does not move up and down manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DP lift motor — DP main PWB • DP lift upper limit sensor — DP main PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the DP lift motor The DP lift motor is faulty. Execute U243 [Lift Motor]. If the DP lift motor does not properly operate, replace the motor.
4 Checking the DP lift upper limit sensor The DP lift upper limit sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the DP lift upper limit sensor and execute U244 [Lift U-Limit]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U244
5 Replacing the DP main PWB The DP main PWB is faulty. Replace the DP main PWB.
- Code: C9050
- Description: DP lift motor descend error
- Causes: The DF lift lower limit sensor does not detect ON when passing 1500 pulses while the DP lift motor drives to descend. (3 times of retries)
- Remedy: 1 Checking the DP original feed lift plate The DP original feed lift plate is not properly attached. If the DP original feed lift plate does not move up and down manually, repair the part that restricts the operation.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DP lift motor — DP main PWB • DP lift lower limit sensor — DP main PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the DP lift motor The DP lift motor is faulty. Execute U243 [Lift Motor]. If the DP lift motor does not properly operate, replace the motor.
4 Checking the DP lift lower limit sensor The DP lift lower limit sensor is not properly attached or faulty. Reattach the DP lift lower limit sensor and execute U244 [Lift L-Limit]. If the sensor does not properly operate, replace it. Executing U244
5 Replacing the DP main PWB The DP main PWB is faulty. Replace the DP main PWB.
- Code: C9060
- Description: DP EEPROM error
- Causes: Read data and write data to the EEPROM do not match 3 times continuously.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the EEPROM The EEPROM is not properly installed. Reattach the EEPROM on the DP main PWB.
2 Replacing the DP main PWB The DP main PWB is faulty. Replace the DP main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the DP main PWB
3 Replacing the EEPROM The EEPROM is faulty. Replace the EEPROM on the DP main PWB and execute U411.
- Code: C9070
- Description: DP — SHD communication error
- Causes: The communication error between the DP main PWB and the DPSHD PWB was detected during communication.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DPSHD PWB — DP main PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the DPSHD PWB The DPSHD PWB is faulty. Replace the DPSHD PWB.
3 Replacing the DP main PWB The DP main PWB is faulty. Replace the DP main PWB.
- Code: C9080
- Description: LED failure detection (For the internal count)
- Causes: After 4 blocks of the LED lamps of the DPCIS are lit when turning the power on, the acquired peak value of some blocks is at the reference value or less. (The light level detected by the CIS is not enough.)
- Remedy: 1 Checking the LED lamp The LED lamp of the DPCIS does not light. 0 Executing U203
2 Checking the DPSHD PWB The DPSHD PWB is not properly connected. Reconnect the DPSHD PWB to the DPCIS.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • DPSHD PWB — DP main PWB Wiring diagram
4 Executing U411 DP scanning is not properly adjusted. Execute U411 [DP FD (ChartB) ] and [DP FD (ChartA)]. Executing U411
5 Replacing the DPCIS The DPCIS is faulty. Replace the DPCIS, and then execute U091 and U411. Detaching and reattaching the DPCIS
6 Replacing the DPSHD PWB The DPSHD PWB is faulty. Replace the DPSHD PWB.
- Code: C9200
- Description: DP multi-feeding sensor communication error (For the internal count)
- Causes: 1. The DP multi-feeding sensor connection signal is not connected twice continuously with one retry when turning the power on.
2. The DP multi-feeding sensors receive the incorrect communication command 3 times continuously. - Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •DP multi-feeding sensor (emitter) — DP main PWB • DP multi-feeding sensor (receiver) — DP main PWB Wiring diagram
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the DP firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Replacing the DP multifeeding sensors The DP multi-feeding sensors are faulty. Replace the DP multi-feeding sensor (emitter) or the DP multi-feeding sensor (receiver).
4 Replacing the DP main PWB The DP main PWB is faulty. Replace the DP main PWB.
- Code: C9210
- Description: DP multi-feeding sensor communication error (For the internal count)
- Causes: The DP multi-feeding sensors detect paper for 3 jobs continuously before the paper conveying starts.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •DP multi-feeding sensor (emitter) — DP main PWB • DP multi-feeding sensor (receiver) — DP main PWB Wiring diagram
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the DP firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Replacing the DP multifeeding sensors The DP multi-feeding sensors are faulty. Replace the DP multi-feeding sensor (emitter) or the DP multi-feeding sensor (receiver).
4 Replacing the DP main PWB The DP main PWB is faulty. Replace the DP main PWB.
- Code: C9220
- Description: DP multi-feeding sensor backup error (For the internal count)
- Causes: 1. Write data and read data does not match 3 times continuously when writing.
2. Block erase failed 3 times continuously.
3. Writing does not complete when passing 200ms after starting writing. - Remedy: 1 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. •DP multi-feeding sensor (emitter) — DP main PWB • DP multi-feeding sensor (receiver) — DP main PWB Wiring diagram
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware and the DP firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
3 Replacing the DP multifeeding sensors The DP multi-feeding sensors are faulty. Replace the DP multi-feeding sensor (emitter) or the DP multi-feeding sensor (receiver).
4 Replacing the DP main PWB The DP main PWB is faulty. Replace the DP main PWB.
- Code: C9500
- Description: Image processing circuit error (Scanner)
- Causes:
- Remedy: 1 Checking the FFC The FFC is not properly connected, or it is faulty. Reconnect the following FFC. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or the FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • Engine PWB — Main PWB Wiring diagram
2 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and reattaching the main PWB
3 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: C9510
- Description: Image processing circuit error (DP)
- Causes:
- Remedy: 1 Checking the DP relay PWB The DP relay PWB is not properly attached. Reattach the DP relay PWB.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. Or, the SATA cable is faulty. 0 Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the DPSHD PWB The DPSHD PWB is faulty. Replace the DPSHD PWB.
4 Replacing the DP relay PWB The DP relay PWB is faulty. Replace the DP relay PWB.
5 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB.
- Code: C9540
- Description: Backup data error
- Causes: When multiple parts are replaced at the same time, the internal data is changed and it interferes with the machine operation. Consequently, the main unit cannot recover.
- Remedy: 1 Checking the PWB Multiple PWBs were replaced at the same time. Recover to the original, if 2 or more of the following related parts were replaced at the same time. • Related parts: Memory, each PWB
2 Checking the unit Multiple units were replaced at the same time. Be sure not to perform the following works at the same time when the memory or each PWB is replaced. • Replacing the drum unit or the developer unit • Relocating the drum units to other colorspositioninsideamainunit’
- Code: F000
- Description: Communication error between the main unit and CPU
- Causes: The panel cannot be detected since the CPU communication between the main PWB and the operation panel main PWB is unavailable.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The communication between the main PWB and the operation panel main PWB is faulty. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. The wire or the SATA cable is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following SATA cable connector and the wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the SATA cable or the wire. • Main PWB — Operation panel main PWB Wiring diagram
3 Executing U021 The backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 to initialize the backup RAM data. Executing U021
4 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB.
5 Replacing the operation panel main PWB The operation panel main PWB is faulty. Replace the panel main PWB.
- Code: F010
- Description: Program read error (SSD)
- Causes: The garbled 2bit data was detected during the program read from the flash memory.
- Remedy: 1 (When the service call error appears after replacing the SSD) Replacing the SSD along the correct procedures The firmware is not stored in the SSD. Insert the USB memory device containing all released firmware into the main unit, and turn the main power on. Firmware Update
2 Checking the SSD (if lit after replacing the SSD) An SSD out of specification is installed. Install the SSD matching the memory capacity specification.
3 Resetting the main power The communication between the main PWB and the operation panel main PWB is faulty. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
4 Checking the SSD The SSD is not properly attached. Check if the SSD terminal is not faulty and clean it. Then, reinstall the SSD.
5 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected. The wire or the SATA cable is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following SATA cable connector and the wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the SATA cable or the wire. • Main PWB — Operation panel main PWB Wiring diagram
6 Executing U021 The backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 to initialize the backup RAM data. Executing U021
7 Replacing the SSD The SSD is faulty. Backup the data in the SSD at U026. Then, replace the SSD and turn the main power on while installing the USB memory storing the firmware for the affected model n the main unit.
8 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB.
- Code: F020
- Description: System memory error (RAM reading/writing error or CPU memory error)
- Causes: The error appears during the reading/writing check of the RAM for the CPU when the main unit starts up.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The communication between the main PWB and the operation panel main PWB is faulty. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
2 Executing U021 The backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 to initialize the backup RAM data. Executing U021
3 Checking the main PWB The connector or the FFC is not properly connected. The wire, the FFC or the PWB is faulty. Clean the connectors on the main PWB and the FFC terminal. Then, reconnect the wire connector and the FFC. At that time, if the wire is pinched by other parts or it is damaged, repair or replace the wire. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or FFC is broken, replace the FFC. If the issue is not resolved, replace the main PWB.
- Code: F021
- Description: System memory error (RAM reading/writing error or ASIC memory error)
- Causes: The error appears during the reading/writing check of the RAM for the main PWB ASIC when the main unit starts up.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The main PWB does not properly start up. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
2 Executing U021 The backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 to initialize the backup RAM data. Executing U021
3 Checking the main PWB The connector or the FFC is not properly connected. The wire, the FFC or the PWB is faulty. Clean the connectors on the main PWB and the FFC terminal. Then, reconnect the wire connector and the FFC. At that time, if the wire is pinched by other parts or it is damaged, repair or replace the wire. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or FFC is broken, replace the FFC. If the issue is not resolved, replace the main PWB.
- Code: F022
- Description: System memory error (RAM reading/writing error or ASIC memory error)
- Causes: The error appears during the reading/writing check of the RAM for the DP relay PWB ASIC when the main unit starts up.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The main PWB does not properly start up. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
2 Executing U021 The backup RAM data is faulty. Execute U021 to initialize the backup RAM data.
3 Checking the DP relay PWB The DP relay PWB is not properly connected or attached. Reattach the DP relay PWB and secure it with the screws. If not repaired, replace the DP relay PWB.
- Code: F040
- Description: Communication error between the main unit and CPU (Communication error between the controller and the print engine)
- Causes: The communication between the main PWB and the engine PWB is faulty.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The communication between the controller and the print engine is faulty. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
2 Checking the connection The connectors are not properly connected or the wire is faulty. Clean the terminal of the following wire connectors and reconnect the connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. • Engine PWB (YC5) — Main PWB (YC63) • Engine PWB (YC41) — LVU (YC6, Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB.
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB. Detaching and Reattaching the engine PWB
5 Replacing the LVU The power from the LVU is not supplied to the engine PWB. If 5V or 24V is not generated from the LVU, replace the LVU.
- Code: F041
- Description: Communication error between the main PWB and the scanner engine
- Causes: The communication between the main PWB and the engine PWB (Scanner) is faulty.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The communication between the controller and the scanner is faulty. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
2 Checking the connection The connector or the FFC is not properly connected. The wire or the FFC is faulty. Reconnect the following wire connectors, and clean and reconnect the FFC. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • Main PWB — Engine PWB Wiring diagram
3 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Detaching and Reattaching the main PWB
4 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: F050
- Description: Engine main program error
- Causes: The engine program cannot start up.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
2 Resetting the main power The print engine ROM checksum is faulty. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
3 Checking the EEPROM The EEPROM is not properly attached. Reattach the EEPROM.
4 Checking the engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not properly connected. The wire, the FFC or the PWB is faulty. Clean the connectors on the engine PWB and the FFC terminal. Then, reconnect the wire connector and the FFC. At that time, if the wire is pinched by other parts or it is damaged, repair or replace the wire. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or FFC is broken, replace the FFC. If the issue is not resolved, replace the engine PWB.
- Code: F051
- Description: Scanner engine program error
- Causes: The scanner program cannot start up
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version Firmware Update
2 Resetting the main power The scanner engine RAM checksum is faulty. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
3 Checking the SSD The SSD is not properly attached. Reattach the SSD.
4 Checking the engine PWB The connector or the FFC is not properly connected. The wire, the FFC or the PWB is faulty. Clean the connectors on the engine PWB and the FFC terminal. Then, reconnect the wire connector and the FFC. At that time, if the wire is pinched by other parts or it is damaged, repair or replace the wire. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or FFC is broken, replace the FFC. If the issue is not resolved, replace the engine PWB.
- Code: F052
- Description: Panel engine program error
- Causes: The panel program cannot start up.
- Remedy: 1 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. Upgrade the panel firmware to the latest version. Firmware Update
2 Resetting the main power The panel RAM checksum is faulty. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
3 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected or the wire is faulty. Clean the connectors on the operation panel main PWB and reinsert the wire connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire. Wiring diagram
4 Replacing the operation panel main PWB The operation panel main PWB is faulty. Replace the panel main PWB.
- Code: F186
- Description: Error detected in the video control section
- Causes: The communication between the main PWB and the engine PWB is faulty.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The communication error between the controller and the engine occurs since the power reset was immediately done. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
2 Checking the FFC The FFC is not properly connected, or it is faulty. Reconnect the following FFC. If the FFC terminal section is deformed or the FFC is broken, replace the FFC. • Engine PWB (YC9) — Main PWB (YC65) Wiring diagram
3 Firmware upgrade The firmware is not the latest version. • Primary transfer belt unit — Engine PWB Firmware upgrade
4 Replacing the main PWB The main PWB is faulty. Replace the main PWB. Replacing the main PWB
5 Replacing the engine PWB The engine PWB is faulty. Replace the engine PWB.
- Code: F278
- Description: Secondary power source error
- Causes: The operation became unstable since the primary supply power dropped out temporarily and recovered.
- Remedy: 1 Resetting the main power The power reset was performed immediately. Remove the original and check the sensor. Next, turn off the power switch and main switch. Then, turn on the main switch and power switch when passing 5 seconds.
2 Checking the connection The connector is not properly connected or the wire is faulty. Clean the connectors on the LVU and reinsert the wire connectors. If there is no continuity, replace the wire.
3 Replacing the LVU The LVU is faulty. Replace the LVU.
ECOSYS M2030dn/PN
ECOSYS M2030dn
ECOSYS M2530dn
ECOSYS M2035dn
ECOSYS M2535dn
SERVICE
MANUAL
Published in January 2014
842PK112
2PKSM062
Rev.2
CAUTION
RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE. DISPOSE
OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS.
It may be illegal to dispose of this battery into the municipal waste stream. Check with your local solid waste officials for details in your area for proper disposal.
ATTENTION
IL Y A UN RISQUE D’EXPLOSION SI LA BATTERIE EST REMPLACEE PAR UN MODELE
DE TYPE INCORRECT. METTRE AU REBUT LES BATTERIES UTILISEES SELON LES
INSTRUCTIONS DONNEES.
Il peut être illégal de jeter les batteries dans des eaux d’égout municipales. Vérifiez avec les fonctionnaires municipaux de votre région pour les détails concernant des déchets solides et une mise au rebut appropriée.
Notation of products in the manual
For the purpose of this service manual, products are identified by print speed, and presence of FAX.
ECOSYS M2030dn Type PN : 3in1 model by 30ppm (without FAX and document processor)
ECOSYS M2030dn : 3in1 model by 30ppm (without FAX)
ECOSYS M2530dn : 4in1 model by 30ppm (with FAX)
ECOSYS M2035dn : 3in1 model by 35ppm (without FAX)
ECOSYS M2535dn : 4in1 model by 35ppm (with FAX)
Revision history
Revision
1
2
Date Pages Revised contents
12 November 2013 1-3-23, 1-3-65 Correction: FAX country code
9 January 2014 Contents
1-3-19 to 24
Address
Correction
Correction: U411 and U425
Correction
This page is intentionally left blank.
Safety precautions
This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service personnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as well as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel are advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the warnings and precautions described here before engaging in maintenance activities.
Safety warnings and precautions
Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their property. These symbols are described below:
DANGER: High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol.
WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol.
CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol.
Symbols
The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger and caution. The specific point of attention is shown inside the symbol.
General warning. Warning of risk of electric shock.
Warning of high temperature.
indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is shown inside the symbol.
General prohibited action. Disassembly prohibited.
indicates that action is required. The specific action required is shown inside the symbol.
Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.
General action required.
Always ground the copier.
1. Installation Precautions
WARNING
• Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified. Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is adequate for the rated current. ………………………………………………………………………………………..
• Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following: gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
CAUTION:
• Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may tip over, causing injury. ………
• Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire or electric shock. ……………..
• Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or near flammable material. This may cause fire. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
• Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. …………
• Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ………………………………………….
• Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped. Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or topple, leading to injury. ……………………………………………………..
• Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately.
If it gets into the eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain medical attention. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
• Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and precautions in the copier’s instruction handbook. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Precautions for Maintenance
WARNING
• Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting machine disassembly. …………….
• Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service manual and other related brochures. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
• Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………
• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ………………………………………………………………….
• Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale and measure carefully. …………………………………………………………
• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a ground connection. ……………
• Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or electric shock. ………………………………………………………..
• Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers. Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
• Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. …………………………………………………………………………………………………
CAUTION
• Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in rotating sections. …………………………………………………………….
• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away from chains and belts. ……….
• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be extremely hot. …………………………….
• Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean. Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. ……………………………………………………………………………………………..
• Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for routine replacement. ………………….
• Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. …………………………………………………………………………………………..
• Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ……………………………………………………………………………………
• Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire to avoid electric leaks. ……….
• Remove toner completely from electronic components. ……………………………………………………………
• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or damaged. ………………………………..
• After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and missing screws. ………………………………………………………………………………………….
• Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling. Replace with new ones if necessary. …………………………………
• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions below: ………………………………..
· Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to spill. Wipe spills off completely.
· Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.
· Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the covers or turning the power
switch on.
· Always wash hands afterwards.
• Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
• Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power plug from the wall outlet immediately. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Miscellaneous
WARNING
• Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic gas. …………………………………………………………………………….
• Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols. A fire or an electric shock might occur. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
This page is intentionally left blank.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
CONTENTS
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-1-1
1-1-2 Parts names ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-1-6
(1) Overall ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-1-6
(2) Operation panel …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-1-7
(3) Option ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-1-8
1-1-3 Machine cross section …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-1-9
1-2 Installation
1-2-1 Installation environment…………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-2-1
1-2-2 Unpacking……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-2-2
(1) Unpacking…………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-2-2
(2) Removing the tapes…………………………………………………………………………………………….1-2-3
1-2-3 Installing the expansion memory (option) …………………………………………………………………… 1-2-6
1-3 Maintenance Mode
1-3-1 Maintenance mode …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-3-1
(1) Executing a maintenance item …………………………………………………………………………….. 1-3-1
(2) Maintenance modes item list ……………………………………………………………………………….. 1-3-2
(3) Contents of the maintenance mode items ……………………………………………………………… 1-3-5
1-3-2 Service mode……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-3-57
(1) Executing a service mode …………………………………………………………………………………. 1-3-57
(2) Description of service mode ………………………………………………………………………………. 1-3-58
1-4 Troubleshooting
1-4-1 Paper misfeed detection ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-1
(1) Paper misfeed indication …………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-1
(2) Paper misfeed detection condition ……………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-2
1-4-2 Self-diagnostic function …………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-4-6
(1) Self-diagnostic function ……………………………………………………………………………………….1-4-6
(2) Self diagnostic codes………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-7
1-4-3 Image formation problems ……………………………………………………………………………………… 1-4-16
(1) Completely blank printout. …………………………………………………………………………………. 1-4-17
(2) All-black printout. ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-4-18
(3) Dropouts. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-4-18
(4) Black dots. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-4-19
(5) Black horizontal streaks…………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-19
(6) Black vertical streaks…………………………………………………………………………………………1-4-19
(7) Unsharpness. ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-20
(8) Gray background. …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-20
(9) Dirt on the top edge or back of the paper. ……………………………………………………………. 1-4-20
(10) Undulated printing at the right edge (scanning start position). ………………………………… 1-4-21
1-4-4 Electric problems ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-22
1-4-5 Mechanical problems…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-25
1-4-6 Send error code……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-4-26
(1) Scan to SMB error codes ………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-26
(2) Scan to FTP error codes …………………………………………………………………………………… 1-4-27
(3) Scan to E-mail error codes ………………………………………………………………………………… 1-4-29
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
1-4-7 Error codes ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-31
(1) Error code……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-4-31
(2) Table of general classification ……………………………………………………………………………. 1-4-32
(2-1) U004XX error code table: Interrupted phase B …………………………………………….. 1-4-35
(2-2) U006XX error code table: Problems with the unit …………………………………………. 1-4-36
(2-3) U008XX error code table: Page transmission error……………………………………….. 1-4-36
(2-4) U009XX error code table: Page reception error ……………………………………………. 1-4-36
(2-5) U010XX error code table: G3 transmission………………………………………………….. 1-4-37
(2-6) U011XX error code table: G3 reception ………………………………………………………. 1-4-39
(2-7) U017XX error code table: V.34 transmission ……………………………………………….. 1-4-40
(2-8) U018XX error code table: V.34 reception…………………………………………………….. 1-4-41
(2-9) U023XX error code table: Relay command abnormal reception ……………………… 1-4-41
(2-10) U044XX error code table: Encrypted transmission ……………………………………….. 1-4-41
1-5 Assembly and Disassembly
1-5-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly………………………………………………………………… 1-5-1
(1) Precautions……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-5-1
(2) Drum unit ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-5-1
(3) Toner ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-5-1
(4) How to tell a genuine Kyocera toner container……………………………………………………….. 1-5-2
1-5-2 Outer covers ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-5-3
(1) Detaching and refitting the left cover and right cover ………………………………………………. 1-5-3
1-5-3 Paper feed section………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-5-6
(1) Detaching and refitting the paper feed assembly (paper feed roller and pickup roller) …. 1-5-6
(2) Detaching and refitting the retard roller assembly …………………………………………………… 1-5-8
(3) Detaching and refitting the MP paper feed roller …………………………………………………… 1-5-10
(4) Note on removing and Installing the upper registration roller and
lower registration roller ……………………………………………………………………………………… 1-5-12
1-5-4 Optical section ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-5-13
(1) Detaching and refitting the DP……………………………………………………………………………. 1-5-13
(2) Detaching and refitting the scanner unit ………………………………………………………………. 1-5-14
(3) Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit (LSU)……………………………………………… 1-5-17
(4) Replacing the image scanner unit (ISU)………………………………………………………………. 1-5-21
1-5-5 Developer section …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-5-27
(1) Detaching and refitting the developer unit ……………………………………………………………. 1-5-27
1-5-6 Drum section ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-5-28
(1) Detaching and refitting the drum unit…………………………………………………………………… 1-5-28
(2) Detaching and refitting the main charger unit……………………………………………………….. 1-5-29
1-5-7 Transfer/separation section ……………………………………………………………………………………. 1-5-30
(1) Detaching and refitting the transfer roller …………………………………………………………….. 1-5-30
1-5-8 Fuser section ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-5-32
(1) Detaching and refitting the fuser unit…………………………………………………………………… 1-5-32
(2) Switching the fuser pressure ……………………………………………………………………………… 1-5-36
1-5-9 PWBs………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-5-37
(1) Detaching and refitting the control PWB………………………………………………………………. 1-5-37
(2) Detaching and refitting the power source PWB…………………………………………………….. 1-5-40
(3) Detaching and refitting the high voltage PWB ………………………………………………………. 1-5-43
(4) Detaching and refitting the scanner PWB…………………………………………………………….. 1-5-47
(5) Detaching and refitting the FAX control PWB……………………………………………………….. 1-5-48
1-5-10 Others …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1-5-49
(1) Detaching and refitting the main motor………………………………………………………………… 1-5-49
(2) Direction of installing the left cooling fan motor, right cooling fan motor …………………… 1-5-50
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
1-5-11 Document processor …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1-5-51
(1) Detaching and refitting the DP rear cover and DP front cover ………………………………… 1-5-51
(2) Detaching and refitting the DP drive PWB……………………………………………………………. 1-5-52
(3) Detaching and refitting the feed pulley and forwarding pulley …………………………………. 1-5-53
(4) Detaching and refitting the separation pad assembly…………………………………………….. 1-5-56
1-6 Requirements on PWB Replacement
1-6-1 Upgrading the firmware …………………………………………………………………………………………… 1-6-1
1-6-2 Remarks on control PWB replacement………………………………………………………………………. 1-6-2
2-1 Mechanical Construction
2-1-1 Paper feed/conveying section ………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-1
(1) Cassette paper feed section………………………………………………………………………………… 2-1-1
(2) MP tray paper feed section………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-2
(3) Paper conveying section …………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-3
2-1-2 Drum section …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-1-4
(1) Drum section …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-4
(2) Main charger unit……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-5
2-1-3 Optical section ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-6
(1) Scanner unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-1-6
(2) Image scanner unit (ISU)…………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-7
(3) Laser scanner unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-1-9
2-1-4 Developing section ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-11
2-1-5 Transfer/separation section ……………………………………………………………………………………. 2-1-13
2-1-6 Cleaning section …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-1-14
2-1-7 Fuser section ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-16
2-1-8 Paper exit section …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-1-18
2-1-9 Duplex/conveying section ………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-1-20
2-1-10 Document processor …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-1-21
(1) Original feed section………………………………………………………………………………………….2-1-21
(2) Original conveying section…………………………………………………………………………………. 2-1-22
(3) Original switchback/eject sections………………………………………………………………………. 2-1-23
2-2 Electrical Parts Layout
2-2-1 Electrical parts layout ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-2-1
(1) PWBs……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-2-1
(2) Switches and sensors…………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-2-3
(3) Other electrical components………………………………………………………………………………… 2-2-4
(4) Document processor ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-2-5
2-3 Operation of the PWBs
2-3-1 Power source PWB ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2-3-1
2-3-2 Control PWB ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-3-4
2-3-3 Scanner PWB ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-3-11
2-3-4 DP drive PWB………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-3-14
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
2-4 Appendixes
2-4-1 Appendixes……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-4-1
(1) Wiring diagram ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-4-1
(2) Repetitive defects gauge …………………………………………………………………………………….. 2-4-3
(3) Maintenance parts list…………………………………………………………………………………………. 2-4-4
(4) Firmware Environment Commands ………………………………………………………………………. 2-4-5
(5) Maintenance Commands…………………………………………………………………………………… 2-4-13
INSTALLATION GUIDE
PAPER FEEDER
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications
Machine
Item
Specifications
3 in 1 model (without FAX) 4 in 1 model (with FAX)
Type
Printing method
Originals
Original feed system
Paper weight
30ppm
Desktop
35ppm 30ppm 35ppm
Electrophotography by semiconductor laser, single drum system
Sheet, Book, 3-dimensional objects (maximum original size: Folio/Legal)
Fixed
Cassette
60 to 120 g/m
2
(Duplex: 60 to 105 g/m
2
)
MP tray
60 to 220 g/m
2
Paper type
Paper size
Cassette
Plain, Preprinted, Bond, Recycled, Rough, Letterhead, Color, Prepunched,
High quality, Custom 1-8
MP tray
Plain, Transparency, Preprinted, Labels, Bond, Recycled, Vellum, Rough,
Letterhead, Color, Prepunched, Envelope, Cardstock, Thick, High quality,
Custom 1-8
Cassette
A4, A5, B5, Letter, Legal, Statement,Oficio II, Folio, 16K, 216×340, Custom
MP tray
A4, A5, A6, B5, ISO B5, Letter, Legal, Statement, Executive, Oficio II, Folio,
16K, 216×340, Custom
Zoom level
Copying speed
A4R
When using the DP
(Cassette)
Manual mode : 25 to 400%, 1% increments
Auto mode : 400%, 200%, 141%, 129%, 115%, 90%, 86%, 78%, 70%,
64%, 50%, 25%
LetterR
21 sheets/min
Leagal
17 sheets/min
B5R
A5R
20 sheets/min
22 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
When the DP is not used
(Cassette)
A4R
LetterR
32 sheets/min
Leagal
B5R
30 sheets/min
26 sheets/min
24 sheets/min
35 sheets/min
37 sheets/min
30 sheets/min
24 sheets/min
30 sheets/min
32 sheets/min
26 sheets/min
24 sheets/min
First copy time
(A4, feed from cassette)
Warm-up time
(22 °C/71.6 °F, 60% RH)
Paper capacity
A5R
A6R
17 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
When using the DP : 7.9 s or less
When the DP is not used: 6.9 s or less
Power on : 20 s or less
17 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
Cassette
250 sheets (80g/m
2
)
MP tray
50 sheets (80 g/m
2
, plain paper, A4/Letter or less)
35 sheets/min
37 sheets/min
30 sheets/min
24 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
1-1-1
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item
Output tray capacity
Continuous copying
Light source
Scanning system
Photoconductor
Image write system
Charging system
Developing system
Specifications
3 in 1 model (without FAX) 4 in 1 model (with FAX)
35ppm 30ppm 35ppm 30ppm
150 sheets (80g/m
2
)
1 to 999 sheets
Exposure lamp (LED)
Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor
OPC drum (diameter 30 mm)
Semiconductor laser
Scorotron (positive charging)
Mono component dry developing method
Toner replenishing: Automatic from the toner container
Transfer system
Separation system
Cleaning system
Charge erasing system
Fusing system
Main memory
Interface
CPU
Transfer roller (negative chargeing)
Small diameter separation, discharger electrode
Drum: Counter blade
Exposure by cleaning lamp (LED)
Heat and pressure fusing with the heat roller and the press roller
Heat source: halogen heater
Abnormally high temperature protection devices: thermostat
PowerPC465S (667MHz)
Standard 512 MB
Maximum 1536 MB
Standard
USB interface connector: 1 (USB 2.0)
USB host: 1
Network interface: 1 (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T)
Resolution
Operating environment
Dimensions (W × D × H)
Weight
Option
eKUIO slot: 1 (It uses it by fax in 4in1 model.)
Reading
600 × 600 dpi
Writing
600 × 600 dpi
Temperature
10 to 32.5 °C/50 to 90.5 °F
Humidity 15 to 80% RH
Altitude
2,500 m/8,202 ft or less
Brightness
1,500 lux or less
(with toner container)
Space required (W × D)
(using MP tray)
494 × 410 × 366 mm
19 7/16 × 16 1/8 × 14 7/16”
(When using the original cover)
15 kg / 33.1 lb (with original cover)
18 kg / 39.7 lb (with DP)
494 × 613 mm
19 7/16 × 24 1/8”
494 × 430 × 448 mm
19 7/16 × 16 15/16 × 17 1/4”
(When using the DP)
494 × 633 mm
19 7/16 × 24 15/16”
1-1-2
Item
Power source
Options
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Specifications
3 in 1 model (without FAX) 4 in 1 model (with FAX)
30ppm 35ppm
120 V AC, 60 Hz, more than 10.0 A
220 — 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, more than 6.0 A
30ppm 35ppm
Paper feeder × 2, Expanded memory, SD card (for printer), Network interface kit
Printer
Operating system
Interface
Page description language
Specifications
Item
Resolution
30ppm 35ppm
Printing speed
A4R
30 sheets/min
LetterR
32 sheets/min
Simplex
(Cassette)
Leagal
26 sheets/min
B5R
24 sheets/min
35 sheets/min
37 sheets/min
30 sheets/min
24 sheets/min
A5R
A6R
17 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
17 sheets/min
Dupplex
(Cassette)
A4R
LetterR
17 sheets/min
18 sheets/min
19 sheets/min
20 sheets/min
Leagal
16 sheets/min
First print time
(A4, feed from cassette)
18 sheets/min
7.0 s or less
(Excluding time for system stabilization immediately after turning on the main power.)
Fast 1200
600 dpi
300 dpi
Fine 1200
Fast 1200
600 dpi
300 dpi
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows XP Professional,
Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition,
Windows Vista x86 Edition, Windows Vista x64 Edition,
Windows 7 x86 Edition, Windows 7 x64 Edition, Windows 8 x86 Edition,
Windows 8 x64 Edition, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2008 x64 Edition, Windows Server 2012 x64 Edition
Apple Macintosh OS 9.x, Apple Macintosh OS X
USB interface connector: 1 (USB 2.0)
USB host: 1
Network interface: 1 (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T)
PRESCRIBE
1-1-3
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Scanner
Item
Operating system
Resolution
File format
Scanning speed
Simplex
Interface
Duplex
Network protocol
Transmission system
Specifications
Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows Server 2008, Windows
Server 2012
600 dpi, 400 dpi, 300 dpi, 200 dpi, 200 × 400 dpi, 200 × 100 dpi
JPEG, TIFF, PDF, XPS
B/W : 35 images/min
Color: 14 images/min
(A4 landscape, 300 dpi, Image quality: Text/Photo original)
B/W : 18 images/min
Color: 8 images/min
(A4 landscape, 300 dpi, Image quality: Text/Photo original)
Ethernet (10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX/1000BASE-T),
USB2.0
TCP/IP
PC transmission
SMB: Scan to PC
SMTP: Scan to E-mail
FTP transmission
FTP, FTP over SSL: Scan to FTP
USB transmission
USB: Scan to USB
TWAIN scan
*1
WIA scan
*2
*1 Available operating system: Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista,
Windows Server 2008, Windows 7
*2 Available operating system: Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows 7
1-1-4
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Document processor (Standard model only)
Item
Original feed method
Automatic feed
Supported original types
Sheet originals
Original sizes
Maximum: A4/Legal
Minimum : A5/Statement
Original weights
Loading capacity
Dimensions (W × D × H)
Weight
Specifications
Simplex: 50 to 120 g/m
2
Duplex : 50 to 110 g/m
2
50 sheets (50 to 80 g/m
2
) or less
490 × 339 × 104 mm
19 5/16 × 13 3/8 × 4 1/8”
3 kg/ 6.6 lb or less
FAX (4 in 1 model (with FAX) only)
Item
Compatibility
Communication line
Transmission time
Transmission speed
Specifications
Super G3
Subscriber telephone line
3 s or less (33600 bps, JBIG, ITU-T A4 #1 chart)
33600/31200/28800/26400/24000/21600/19200/16800/14400/12000/9600/
7200/4800/2400 bps
Coding scheme
Error correction
Scanner resolution
JBIG/MMR/MR/MH
ECM
Original size
A4, B5(JIS), A5, Legal, Letter, Statement, Oficio II, 216×340
Automatic document feed
Max. 50 sheets
Horizontal × Vertical
200 × 100 dpi Normal (8 dot/mm × 3.85 line/mm)
200 × 200 dpi Fine (8 dot/mm × 7.7 line/mm)
200 × 400 dpi Super fine (8 dot/mm × 15.4 line/mm)
400 × 400 dpi Ultra fine (16 dot/mm × 15.4 line/mm)
Printing resolution
Gradations
600 × 600 dpi
256 shades
One-Touch key
22 keys
Multi-Station transmission
Max. 100 destinations
Substitute memory reception
256 sheets or more (when using ITU-T A4 #1 chart)
Image memory capacity
Report output
3.5 MB (standard) (for incoming faxed originals)
Sent result report, FAX RX result report, Activity report, Status page
NOTE: These specifications are subject to change without notice.
1-1-5
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-1-2 Parts names
(1) Overall
30
6
1
2
3
7
4
8 9
5
25
26
27
28
15
16
17
15
23
10
29
13
12
21
20
12
24
13
14
19
22
11
18
1. Platen (contact glass)
2. Original size Indicator plate
3. Operation panel
4. Top cover
5. Front cover
6. Main charger cleaner
7. Drum unit
8. Lock lever
9. Toner container
10. Top tray
11. Paper length guide
Figure 1-1-1
12. Paper stopper
13. Paper width guides
14. Cassette
15. Paper width guides (MP tray)
16. MP (Multi-Purpose) tray
17. MP tray extension
18. USB Interface connector
19. Network Interface connector
20. Tel connector (T1) *1
21. Line connector (L1) *1
22. Rear cover
23. Power switch
24. Power cord connector
25. Top cover
26. Original width guides *2
27. Original table *2
28. Original eject table *2
29. Opening handle *2
30. USB host connector
31. Original cover *3
*1: 4in1 model (with FAX) only
*2: Only model with Document Processor as standard / *3: Only model with original cover as standard
1-1-6
(2) Operation panel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
10
11
19
12 13
20 21
14
22
15 16 17 18
23 24 25 26
1. System menu/Counter key
(LED)
2. Status/Job Cancel key (LED)
3. Copy key (LED)
4. Address Book key
5. Address Recall/Pause key *
6. Confirm Destination key
7. Add Destination key
8. On Hook key *
9. One-touch keys
10. Message display
*: 4in1 model (with FAX) only
Figure 1-1-2
11. Document Box key (LED)
12. FAX key (LED) *
13. Send key (LED)
14. Shift Lock key (LED)
15. Left Select key
16. Processing indicator
17. Memory indicator
18. Right Select key
19. Function Menu key (LED)
20. Numeric keys
21. Clear key
27 28 29 30
22. Reset key
23. Attention indicator
24. Back key
25. OK key
26. Cursor keys
27. Start key (LED)
28. Stop key
29. Program keys
30. Logout key (LED)
1-1-7
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Option
System Kit
Expention memory: for copy and printer
General-purpose 144pin DIMM (1 slot)
Card Authentication Kit(B)
Network interface Kit (3in1 model only)
IB-50
IB-51 (Wire less LAN)
Figure 1-1-3
1. Machine
2. Paper feeder
1-1-8
2
2
1
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-1-3 Machine cross section
11
10
13 8 7 6 5 4
Paper path
Paper path
(option)
Light path
2
12 9 1
Figure 1-1-4
1. Cassette
2. MP tray
3. Paper feed/conveying section
4. Toner container
5. Developer unit
6. Main charger unit
7. Drum unit
3
8. Laser scanner unit (LSU)
9. Transfer/separation section
10. Fuser section
11. Exit section
12. Duplex/conveying section
13. Scanner section
1-1-9
15
14
Original path Light path
Figure 1-1-5
14. Image scanner unit (ISU)
15. Document processor (DP) *
* : Only model with Document Processor as standard
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-1-10
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-2 Installation
1-2-1 Installation environment
1. Temperature: 10 to 32.5
C/50 to 90.5F
2. Humidity: 15 to 80%RH
3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 7.8 A
220 — 240 V AC, 4.0 A
4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz
0.3%/60 Hz 0.3%
5. Installation location
Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not be exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.
Avoid locations subject to high temperature and high humidity or low temperature and low humidity; an abrupt change in the environmental temperature; and cool or hot, direct air.
Avoid places subject to dust and vibrations.
Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.
Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowance inclination: 1
).
Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic of alkaline vapors, inorganic gasses, NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.
Select a well-ventilated location.
6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.
(Model with document processor as standard)
500mm (19
11/16”
)
300mm (11
13/16”
) 300mm (11
13/16”
) 300mm (11
13/16”
)
(Model with original cover as standard)
1000mm (39
500mm (19
11/16”
)
3/8”
)
300mm (11
13/16”
) 300mm (11
13/16”
) 300mm (11
13/16”
)
Figure 1-2-1
1-2-1
1000mm (39
3/8”
)
1-2-2 Unpacking
(1) Unpacking
16
23
22
21
20
19
24
18
14
13
12
17
15
9
11
8
10
7
3
2
6
4
1
5
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1. Machine
2. Outer case
3. Inner frame
4. Bottom pad L
5. Bottom pad R
6. Machine cover
7. Top pad L
8. Top pad R
9. Accessory spacer
10. Toner container
Figure 1-2-2
11. Plastic bag
12. Power cord
13. Plastic bag (250 ´ 600)
14. Operation labels
15. Operation label pad
16. Plastic bag (240 ´ 350)
17. Plastic bag
18. Modular cable *
19. Quick installation guide
20. Safety guide 1
1-2-2
21. Safety guide 2
22. Toner OSHA leaflet *
23. EEA information leaflet **
24. DVD-ROM
* 120 V AC model only.
** 220-240 V AC model only.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Removing the tapes
<Procedure>
1. Remove two tapes.
2. Open the sheet.
Sheet
Tape
Tape
Sheet
3. Remove two tapes A.
4. Open the top cover.
5. Remove the tape B and then remove the spacer.
6. Close the top cover.
Top cover
Figure 1-2-3
Tape A
Spacer
Tape A
Tape B
Figure 1-2-4
1-2-3
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
7. Remove two tapes.
8. Open the DP.
9. Remove the sheet.
10. Remove the paper.
Tape
Figure 1-2-5
Tape
Sheet
Paper
1-2-4
Figure 1-2-6
DP
11. Remove the tape A.
12. Move the lock lever to the position of release.
* : When turning on power if the lock lever is not released, the error message is displayed.
13. Close the DP.
14. Remove eight tapes B.
Tapes B
Tapes B
Tapes B
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Tape A
Lock lever
Figure 1-2-7
Tapes B
1-2-5
1-2-3 Installing the expansion memory (option)
<Procedure>
1. Turn off the power switch and pull out the power cable.
Caution: Do not insert or remove expansion memory while machine power is on.
Doing so may cause damage to the machine and the expansion memory.
2. Remove the right side cover.
3. Remove the screw.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Screw
4. Open the memory slot cover.
5. Insert the expansion memory into the memory socket so that the notches on the memory align with the corresponding protrusions in the slot.
6. Close the memory slot cover.
7. Secure the screw.
8. Refit the right side cover.
9. Print a status page to check the memory expansion.
If memory expansion has been properly performed, information on the installed memory is printed with the total memory capacity has been increased. Standard memory capacity 256 MB.
Figure 1-2-8
Right side cover
Memory slot cover
1
Memory socket
Expansion memory
2
Figure 1-2-9
1-2-6
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-3 Maintenance Mode
1-3-1 Maintenance mode
The machine is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and service the machine.
(1) Executing a maintenance item
Start
Enter “10871087” using the numeric keys.
Enter the maintenance item number using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Press the start key.
The selected maintenance item is run.
Press the stop key.
Maintenance mode is entered.
The maintenance item is selected.
Yes
Repeat the same maintenance item?
No
Yes
Run another maintenance item?
No
Turn the main power switch off and on.
End
Maintenance mode is exited and the system is restarted to initialize it and to reflect the setting changes.
1-3-1
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Maintenance modes item list
Section
Item
No.
Content of maintenance item
U000
Outputting an maintenance report
General
U002
Setting the factory default data
U004
Setting the machine number
Operation panel and support equipment
U203
U222
Checking DP operation
Setting the IC card type
Mode setting U250
Setting the maintenance cycle
U251
Checking/clearing the maintenance count
U252
Setting the destination
U253
Switching between double and single counts
U260
Selecting the timing for copy counting
Image processing
Fax
U285
Setting service status page
U332
Setting the size conversion factor
U345
Setting the value for maintenance due indication
U411
Auto Adj Scn
U425
Set Target
U600
Initializing all data
U601
Initializing permanent data
U603
Setting user data 1
U604
Setting user data 2
U605
Clearing data
U610
Setting system 1
Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax at 100% magnification
Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax in the auto reduction mode
Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax (A4R/LetterR) in the auto reduction mode
U611
Setting system 2
Setting the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction
Setting the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when A4 paper is set
Setting the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when letter size paper is set
U612
Setting system 3
Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is to be performed
Setting the automatic printing of the protocol list
Initial setting
—
—
—
—
Other
100000
—
—
Double count
EJECT
ON
1.0
0
—
—
—
—
DTMF
2 (120 V)
1 (220-240 V)
—
3
0
0
7
22
26
ON
OFF
1-3-2
Section
Fax
Item
No.
Content of maintenance item
U620
Setting the remote switching mode
U625
Setting the transmission system 1
Setting the auto redialing interval
Setting the number of times of auto redialing
U630
Setting communication control 1
Setting the communication starting speed
Setting the reception speed
Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the sender
Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the receiver
U631
Setting communication control 2
Setting ECM transmission
Setting ECM reception
Setting the frequency of the CED signal
U632
Setting communication control 3
Setting the DIS signal to 4 bytes
Setting the short protocol transmission
Setting the reception of a short protocol transmission
Setting the CNG detection times in the fax/telephone auto select mode
U633
Setting communication control 4
Enabling/disabling V.34 communication
Setting the V.34 symbol speed (3429 Hz)
Setting the number of times of DIS signal reception
Setting the reference for RTN signal output
U634
Setting communication control 5
U640
Setting communication time 1
Setting the one-shot detection time for remote switching
Setting the continuous detection time for remote switching
U641
Setting communication time 2
Setting the T0 time-out time
Setting the T1 time-out time
Setting the T2 time-out time
Setting the Ta time-out time
Setting the Tb1 time-out time
Setting the Tb2 time-out time
Setting the Tc time-out time
Setting the Td time-out time
U650
Setting modem 1
Setting the G3 transmission cable equalizer
Setting the G3 reception cable equalizer
Setting the modem detection level
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Initial setting
ONE
3 (120 V)
2 (220-240 V)
2 (120 V)
3 (220-240 V)
14400bps/V17
14400bps
300
75
ON
ON
2100
OFF
ON
ON
2TIME
ON
ON
ONCE
15%
0
7
80
56
36
69
30
20
80
60
9 (120 V)
6 (220-240 V)
0dB
0dB
43dBm
1-3-3
Section
Fax
Others
Item
No.
Content of maintenance item
U651
Setting modem 2
Modem output level
DTMF output level (main value)
DTMF output level (level difference)
U660
Setting the NCU
Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN
Setting PSTN dial tone detection
Setting busy tone detection
Setting for a PBX
Setting the loop current detection before dialing
U670
Outputting lists
U695
FAX function customize
U699
Setting the software switches
U910
Clearing the black ratio data
U917
Setting backup data reading/writing
U927
Clearing the all copy counts and machine life counts (one time only)
U977
Data capture mode
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Initial setting
9 (120 V)
10 (220-240 V)
5 (120 V)
10.5 (220-240 V)
2 (120 V)
2.5 (220-240 V)
PSTN
ON
ON
LOOP
ON
—
ON/OFF
—
—
—
—
—
1-3-4
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Contents of the maintenance mode items
Item No.
U000 Outputting an maintenance report
Description
Description
Outputs lists of the current settings of the maintenance items and paper jam and service call occurrences. Outputs the event log. Also sends output data to the USB memory.
Printing a report is disabled either when a job is remaining in the buffer or when [Pause All Print
Jobs] is pressed to halt printing.
Purpose
To check the current setting of the maintenance items, or paper jam or service call occurrences.
Before initializing or replacing the backup RAM, output a list of the current settings of the maintenance items to reenter the settings after initialization or replacement.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be output using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
MAINTENANCE
EVENT
ALL
Output list
List of the current settings of the maintenance modes
Outputs the event log
Outputs the all reports
3. Press the start key. A list is output.
Method: Send to the USB memory
1. Turn the power switch off.
2. Insert USB memory in USB memory slot.
3. Turn the power switch on.
4. Enter the maintenance item.
5. Press the start key.
6. Select the item to be send.
7. Select [TEXT] or [HTML].
Display
USB (TEXT)
USB (HTML)
Output list
Outputs the report
Sends output data to the USB memory (text type)
Sends output data to the USB memory (HTML type)
8. Press the start key.
Output will be sent to the USB memory.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-5
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U000 Event log
Description
Event Log
MFP
(1)
Firmware version 2PN_2000.000.000 2013.05.31
(2)
2013/05/31 15:15
(3) (4) (5)
[XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX]
(7)
Paper Jam Log
# Count.
6
5
8
7
12
11
10
9
2
1
4
3
1876543
166554
4988
4988
1103
1103
1027
1027
1027
1027
406
36
(8)
Service Call Log
# Count.
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
1881214
178944
5296
5295
2099
1054
809
30
Event Descriprions
0501.01.08.01.01
4020.01.08.01.01
0501.01.08.01.01
4020.01.08.01.01
0501.01.08.01.01
4020.01.08.01.01
0501.01.08.01.01
4020.01.08.01.01
0501.01.08.01.01
4020.01.08.01.01
0501.01.08.01.01
4020.01.08.01.01
Data and Time
2013/03/02 11:11
2013/03/02 10:57
2013/03/02 10:44
2013/03/02 10:00
2013/03/02 09:27
2013/03/01 17:30
2013/03/01 10:02
2013/03/01 08:57
2013/02/29 17:00
2013/02/29 15:38
2013/02/28 09:00
2013/02/28 08:12
0501.01.08.01.01
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Service Code
01.6000
01.2100
01.4000
01.6000
01.2100
01.4000
01.6000
01.2100
Data and Time
2013/03/02 11:11
2013/03/02 10:57
2013/03/02 10:44
2013/03/02 10:00
2013/03/02 09:27
2013/03/01 17:30
2013/03/01 10:02
2013/03/01 08:57
(11)
Counter Log
(f)
J0100:
J0105:
J0106:
J0110:
J0111:
J0512:
J0513:
J0518:
J0519:
J1020:
J4201:
J4202:
J4203:
J4208:
J4209:
.
.
.
.
.
.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(g)
C0000:
C0001:
C0002:
C0003:
C0004:
C0005:
C0006:
C0007:
C0008:
C0009:
C0010:
C0011:
9
10
7
8
11
5
6
3
4
0
1
2
(h)
T00:
T01:
T02:
T03:
T04:
T05:
50
999
10
20
30
40
(9) Maintenance Log
# Count.
3
2
1
104511
3454
34
Item
01.00
01.01
01.01
Data and Time
2013/03/02 11:11
2013/03/02 10:57
2013/03/02 10:44
(10) Unknown toner Log
3
2
#
4
1
Count.
3454
3454
406
32
Item
01.00
01.00
01.00
01.00
Data and Time
2013/03/02 11:11
2013/03/02 10:57
2013/03/02 10:44
2013/03/02 10:00
(6)
[XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX]
Figure 1-3-1
1-3-6
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U000 Detail of event log
Description
No.
Items
(1) System version
(2) System date
(3) Engine soft version
Description
(4) Engine boot version
(5) Operation panel mask version
(6) Machine serial number
(7) Paper Jam
Log
#
Remembers 1 to 16 of occurrence. If the occurrence of the previous paper jam is less than
16, all of the paper jams are logged. When the occurrence excesseds
16, the oldest occurrence is removed.
Count.
The total page count at the time of the paper jam.
Event
Log code (2 digit, hexadecimal, 5 categories)
(a) Cause of paper jam (Hexadecimal)
Refer to page 1-4-2 for paper jam location
0100: Secondary paper feed request time out
0101: Waiting for process package to be ready
0105: Warm up request time out
0107: Waiting for fuser package to be ready
0110: Top cover open
0501: No paper feed from cassette 1
0502: No paper feed from cassette 2
0503: No paper feed from cassette 3
0508: No paper feed from duplex section
0509: No paper feed from MP tray
0511: Multiple sheets in cassette 1
0512: Multiple sheets in cassette 2
0513: Multiple sheets in cassette 3
0518: Multiple sheets in duplex section
0519: Multiple sheets in MP tray
1403: PF feed sensor 1 non arrival jam (cassette 3)
1413: PF feed sensor 1 stay jam (cassette 3)
1420: PF feed sensor 1 initial jam (Warm up)
1620: PF feed sensor 2 initial jam (Warm up)
4002: Registration sensor non arrival jam (cassette 2)
4003: Registration sensor non arrival jam (cassette 3)
4012: Registration sensor stay jam (cassette 2)
4013: Registration sensor stay jam (cassette 3)
4020: Registration sensor initial jam (Warm up)
4201: Eject sensor non arrival jam (cassette 1)
4202: Eject sensor non arrival jam (cassette 2)
4203: Eject sensor non arrival jam (cassette 3)
(a) Cause of a paper
jam
(b) Paper source
(c) Paper size
(d) Paper type
(e) Paper eject
1-3-7
Item No.
U000
No.
(7) cont.
Items
Paper Jam
Log
Description
Description
4208: Eject sensor non arrival jam (duplex)
4209: Eject sensor non arrival jam (Mp tray)
4211: Eject sensor stay jam (cassette 1)
4212: Eject sensor stay jam (cassette 2)
4213: Eject sensor stay jam (cassette 3)
4218: Eject sensor stay jam (duplex)
4219: Eject sensor stay jam (MP tray)
4220: Eject sensor initial jam (Warm up)
4301: Duplex sensor non arrival jam (cassette 1)
4302: Duplex sensor non arrival jam (cassette 2)
4303: Duplex sensor non arrival jam (cassette 3)
4309: Duplex sensor non arrival jam (MP tray)
4311: Duplex sensor stay jam (cassette 1)
4312: Duplex sensor stay jam (cassette 2)
4313: Duplex sensor stay jam (cassette 3)
4319: Duplex sensor stay jam (MP tray)
9000: No original feed
9001: DP original conveying jam
9003: DP original swichback non arrival jam
9004: DP original swichback stay jam
9011: DP top cover open
9401: DP timing sensor stay jam
(b) Detail of paper source (Hexadecimal)
00: MP tray
01: Cassette 1
02: Cassette 2 (paper feeder 1)
03: Cassette 3 (paper feeder 2)
05 to 09: Reserved
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-3-8
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U000
Description
No.
(7) cont.
Items
Paper Jam
Log
Description
(c) Detail of paper size (Hexadecimal)
00: (Not specified)
01: Monarch
02: Business
03: International DL
04: International C5
05: Executive
06: Letter-R
86: Letter-E
07: Legal
08: A4R
88: A4E
09: B5R
89: B5E
0A: A3
0B: B4
0C: Ledger
0D: A5R
0E: A6
0F: B6
10: Commercial #9
11: Commercial #6
12: ISO B5
13: Custom size
1E: C4
1F: Postcard
20: Reply-paid postcard
21: Oficio II
22: Special 1
23: Special 2
24: A3 wide
25: Ledger wide
26: Full bleed paper
(12 x
27: 8K
28: 16K-R
2A: 216x340mm
A8: 16K-E
32: Statement-R
B2: Statement-E
33: Folio
34: Western type 2
35: Western type 4
(d) Detail of paper type (Hexadecimal)
01: Plain
02: Transparency
03: Preprinted
04: Labels
05: Bond
06: Recycled
07: Vellum
08: Rough
09: Letterhead
0A: Color
0B: Prepunched
0C: Envelope
0D: Cardstock
0E: Coated
0F: 2nd side
10: Media 16
11: High quality
15: Custom 1
16: Custom 2
17: Custom 3
18: Custom 4
19: Custom 5
1A: Custom 6
1B: Custom 7
1C: Custom 8
(e) Detail of paper eject location (Hexadecimal)
(8) Service Call
Log
01: Face down (FD)
#
Remembers 1 to 8 of occurrence of self diagnostics error. If the occurrence of the previous diagnostics error is less than 8, all of the diagnostics errors are logged.
Count.
The total page count at the time of the self diagnostics error.
Service Code
Self diagnostic error
code (See page 1-4-7)
Example:
01.6000
01: Self diagnostic error
6000: Self diagnostic error code number
1-3-9
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U000
Description
No.
Items
(9) Maintenance
Log
#
Remembers 1 to 8 of occurrence of replacement. If the occurrence of the previous replacement of toner container is less than 8, all of the occurrences of replacement are logged.
Description
Count.
The total page count at the time of the replacement of the toner container.
Item
Code of maintenance replacing item
(1 byte, 2 categories)
First byte
(Replacing item)
01: Toner container
02: Maintenance kit
Second byte
(Type of replacing item)
00: Black
01: MK-1130/1140
MK-1132/1142
(10) Unknown Toner
Log
#
Remembers 1 to 5 of occurrence of unknown toner detection. If the occurrence of the previous unknown toner detection is less than 5, all of the unknown toner detection are logged.
Count.
The total page count at the time of the
[Toner Empty] error with using an unknown toner container.
Item
Unknown toner log code (1 byte, 2 categories)
First byte
01: Fixed (Toner container)
* :The toner replacement log is triggered by toner empty.
This record may contain such a reference as the toner container is inserted twice or a used toner container is inserted.
Second byte
00: Fixed (Black)
1-3-10
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U000
Description
No.
Items
(11) Counter Log (f) Paper jam
Comprised of three log counters including paper jams, self diagnostics errors, and replacement of the toner container.
Indicates the log counter of paper jams depending on location.
Refer to Paper Jam
Log.
All instances including those are not occurred are displayed.
Description
(g) Self diagnostic error
Indicates the log counter of self diagnostics errors depending on cause.
(See page 1-4-7)
Example:
C6000: 4
Self diagnostics error 6000 has happened four times.
(h) Maintenance item replacing
Indicates the log counter depending on the maintenance item for maintenance.
T: Toner container
00: Black
M: Maintenance kit
01: MK-1130/1140
MK-1132/1142
Example:
T00: 1
The toner container has been replaced once.
* :The toner replacement log is triggered by toner empty.
This record may contain such a reference as the toner container is inserted twice or a used toner container is inserted.
1-3-11
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U002 Setting the factory default data
Error codes
Codes
0001
0020
0040
Description
Description
Restores the machine conditions to the factory default settings.
Purpose
To move the image scanner unit to the home position. (position in which the frame can be fixed).
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select [MODE1(ALL)] using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key.
The imege scanner returns to the home position.
4. Turn the power switch off and on.
* : An error code is displayed in case of an initialization error.
When errors occurred, turn power switch off then on, and execute initialization using maintenance item U002.
Description
Controller error
Engine error
Scanner error
U004
Setting the machine number
Description
Sets or displays the machine number.
Purpose
To check or set the machine number.
Method
1. Press the start key.
If the machine serial number of engine PWB matches with that of main PWB
Display
MACHINE No.
Operation
Displays the machine serial number
If the machine serial number of engine PWB does not match with that of main PWB
Display Operation
MACHINE No. (MAIN) Displays the machine serial number of main
MACHINE No. (ENG) Displays the machine serial number of engine
Setting
Carry out if the machine serial number does not match.
1. Press [EXECUTE].
2. Press the start key. Writing of serial No. starts.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-12
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U203 Checking DP operation
Description
Description
Simulates the original conveying operation separately in the DP.
Purpose
To check the DP operation.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Place an original in the DP if running this simulation with paper.
3. Select the speed to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
NORMAL SPEED
HIGH SPEED
Description
Normal reading (600 dpi)
High-speed reading
4. Press the start key.
5. Select the item to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
CCD ADP (NON P)
CCD ADP
CCD RADP (NON P)
CCD RADP
Description
Without paper, single-sided original of CCD
(continuous operation)
With paper, single-sided original of CCD
Without paper, double-sided original of CCD
(continuous operation)
With paper, double-sided original of CCD
6. Press the start key. The operation starts.
7. To stop continuous operation, press the stop key.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-13
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U222 Setting the IC card type
Description
Sets the type of IC card.
Purpose
To change the type of IC card.
Description
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
OTHER
SSFC
Description
The type of IC card is SSFC.
The type of IC card is not SSFC.
* : Initial setting: OTHER
3. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U250 Setting the maintenance cycle
Description
Displays, clears and changes the maintenance cycle.
Purpose
To check and change the maintenance cycle.
Method
1. Press the start key. The currently set maintenance cycle is displayed.
Setting
1. Select [M.CNT A] using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description
Maintenance cycle
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
0 to 9999999
Initial setting
100000
Clearing
1. Select [CLEAR] using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key. The count is cleared.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-14
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
Description
U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count
Description
Displays, clears and changes the maintenance count.
Purpose
To check the maintenance count.
Also to clear the count during maintenance service (replacing the maintenance kit).
Method
1. Press the start key. The maintenance count is displayed.
Setting
1. Select [M.CNT A] using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description
Maintenance count
3. Press the start key. The count is set.
Setting range
0 to 9999999
Initial setting
0
Clearing
1. Select [CLEAR] using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key. The count is cleared.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-15
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U252 Setting the destination
Description
Description
Switches the operations and screens of the machine according to the destination.
Purpose
To be executed after initializing the backup RAM, in order to return the setting to the value before replacement or initialization.
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the destination using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
INCH
EUROPE METRIC
ASIA PACIFIC
AUSTRALIA
CHINA
KOREA
3. Press the start key.
4. Turn the power switch off and on.
Description
Inch (North America) specifications
Metric (Europe) specifications
Metric (Asia Pacific) specifications
Australia specifications
China specifications
Korea specifications
U253 Switching between double and single counts
Description
Switches the count system for the total counter and other counters.
Purpose
Used to select, according to the preference of the user (copy service provider), if folio size paper is to be counted as one sheet (single count) or two sheets (double count).
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the count system using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
SGL COUNT(ALL)
DBL COUNT(FOLIO)
Description
Single count for all size paper
Double count for Folio size or larger
* : Initial setting: DBL COUNT(FOLIO)
3. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-16
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U260 Selecting the timing for copy counting
Description
Description
Changes the copy count timing for the total counter and other counters.
Purpose
To be set according to user request.
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the copy count timing using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
FEED
EJECT
Description
When secondary paper feed starts
When the paper is ejected
* : Initial setting: EJECT
3. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U285 Setting service status page
Description
Determines displaying the digital dot coverage report on reporting.
Purpose
According to user request, changes the setting.
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Select ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
OFF
Description
Displays the digital dot coverage
Not to display the digital dot coverage
* : Initial setting: ON
3. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-17
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U332 Setting the size conversion factor
Description
Description
Sets the coefficient of nonstandard sizes in relation to the A4/Letter size. The coefficient set here is used to convert the black ratio in relation to the A4/Letter size and to display the result in user simulation.
Purpose
To set the coefficient for converting the black ratio for nonstandard sizes in relation to the A4/Letter size.
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Display
CALC.RATE
Description
Size parameter
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range Initial setting
0.1 to 3.0
1.0
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication
Description
Sets when to display a message notifying that the time for maintenance is about to be reached, by setting the number of copies that can be made before the current maintenance cycle ends.
When the difference between the number of copies of the maintenance cycle and that of the maintenance count reaches the set value, the message is displayed.
Purpose
To change the time for maintenance due indication.
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Select [COUNT] using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Time for maintenance due indication
(Remaining number of copies that can be made before the current maintenance cycle ends)
4. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
0 to 9999
Initial setting
0
Clearing
1. Select [CLEAR] using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key. The value is cleared.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-18
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
Item No.
U411 Auto Adj Scn
Description
Description
Uses a specified original and automatically adjusts the following items in the scanner and the DP scanning sections.
Scanner section: Original size magnification, leading edge timing, center line, input gamma, input gamma in monochrome mode and matrix.
DP scanning section: Original size magnification, leading edge timing, center line.
Purpose
To perform automatic adjustment of various items in the scanner and the DP scanning sections.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item. The screen for executing is displayed.
Table
Display
Automatic adjustment in the scanner section.
Description
Original size magnification, leading edge timing, center line, input gamma, input gamma in monochrome mode and matrix.
Original to be used for adjustment (P/N)
7505000107
DP Automatic adjustment in the DP scanning section.
7505000106
Original size magnification, leading edge timing, center line.
All
Target
Performs automatic adjustment in the DP scanning section following automatic adjustment in the scanner section.
Set-up for obtaining the target value
7505000107
7505000106
7505000107
7505000106
1-3-19
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
Item No.
Description
U411 Method: Table
To Automaticary enter the target value : Usually, it adjusts here.
1. Set a specified original (P/N: 7505000107) on the platen.
2. Enter maintenance item U411.
3. Select [Target].
4. Select [Auto] and press the start key.
5. Select [Table].
6. Press the start key. Auto adjustment starts.
To manually enter the target value : When adjustment is automatically impossible.
1. Enter the target values which are shown on the specified original (P/N: 7505000107) executing maintenance item U425.
2. Set a specified original (P/N: 7505000107) on the platen.
3. Enter maintenance item U411.
4. Select [Target].
5. Select [U425] and press the start key.
6. Select [Table].
7. Press the start key. Auto adjustment starts.
Method: DP
1. Set a specified original (P/N: 7505000106) on the DP face up.
2. Enter maintenance item U411.
3. Select [DP].
4. Press the start key. Auto adjustment starts.
* : When automatic adjustment has normally completed, [OK] is displayed. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment, error code is displayed and operation stops. Should this happen, determine the details of the problem and repeat the procedure from the beginning.
Error Codes
Codes
00
01
02
03
03
04
05
Description
Automatic adjustment success
Black band detection error (scanner auxiliary scanning direction leading edge skew )
Black band detection error (scanner main scanning direction far end skew)
Black band detection error (scanner main scanning direction near end skew)
Black band detection error (scanner auxiliary scanning direction trailing edge skew)
Black band is not detected (scanner auxiliary scanning direction leading edge)
Black band is not detected (scanner main scanning direction far end)
1-3-20
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
18
19
1a
1b
14
15
16
17
10
11
12
13
0c
0d
0e
0f
20
21
30
63
1c
1d
1e
1f
Item No.
U411 Error Codes
Codes
06
07
08
09
0a
0b
Description
Description
Black band is not detected (scanner main scanning direction near end)
Black band is not detected (scanner auxiliary scanning direction trailing edge)
Black band is not detected (DP main scanning direction far end)
Black band is not detected (DP main scanning direction near end)
Black band is not detected (DP auxiliary scanning direction leading edge)
Black band is not detected (DP auxiliary scanning direction leading edge original check)
Black band is not detected (DP auxiliary scanning direction trailing edge)
White band is not detected (DP auxiliary scanning direction trailing edge)
DMA time out
Auxiliary scanning direction magnification error
Auxiliary scanning direction leading edge error
Auxiliary scanning direction trailing edge error
DP uxiliary scanning direction skew error
Maintenance request error
Main scanning direction center line error
DP main scanning direction skew error
Main scanning direction magnification error
Service call error
DP paper misfeed error
PWB replacement error
Original error
Input gamma adjustment original error
Matrix adjustment original error
Original for the white reference compensation coefficient error
Lab value searching error
Lab value comparing error
Input gamma correction coefficient error
Color correction matrix coefficient error
Chromatic aberration adjustment original error
Completed to obtain a test RAW
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.
1-3-21
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
Item No.
U425 Set Target
Description
Description
Enters the lab values that is indicated on the back of the chart (P/N: 7505000107) used for adjustment.
Purpose
Performs data input in order to correct for differences in originals during automatic adjustment.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set
Display
Table
DP
Description
Setting the value of the table adjustment.
Setting the value of DP adjustment.
Method: Table
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set..
Display
White
Black
Gray1
C
M
Gray2
Gray3
G
B
Y
R
Adjust Original
Description
Setting the white patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the black patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the Gray1 patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the Gray2 patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the Gray3 patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the cyan patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the magenta patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the yellow patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the red patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the green patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the blue patch for the original for adjustment
Setting the main and auxiliary scanning directions
3. Select the item to be set.
Display
L a b
Description
Setting the L value
Setting the a value
Setting the b value
Setting range
0.0 to 100.0
-200.0 to 200.0
-200.0 to 200.0
Initial setting
93.6/10.6/76.2/25.2/51.3
72.6/48.1/86.2/46.7/67.8/38.8
0.9/-0.2/-0.2/-0.2/-0.3
-32.8/69.9/-18.6/54.2/-51.3/25.3
-0.4/-0.7/1.2/-0.2/0.3
-11.5/-6.1/81.7/38.6/48.9/-22.8
4. Enters the value that is indicated on the back of the chart using the cursor right/left keys or numeric keys.
5. Press the start key. The value is set.
1-3-22
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
Item No.
Description
U425
Setting: [Adjust Original] *: This setting is usually unnecessary.
Display
Dist1
Dist2
Dist3
Description
Sets the adjustment value of a leading edge.
Sets the adjustment value of a left edge.
Sets the adjustment value of a trailing edge.
Setting range
4.0 to 6.0
9.0 to 11.0
265.0 to 267.0
Initial setting
5.0
10.0
266.0
1. Measure the distance from the leading edge to the top of black belt 1 of the original at A, B and C.
Measurement procedure
1) Measure the distance from the leading edge to the top of black belt 1 of the original at A
(30 mm from the left edge), B (105 mm from the left edge) and C (180 mm from the left edge), respectively.
2) Apply the following formula for the values obtained: ((A + B + C) / 3)
2. Enter the values solved using the cursor right/left keys or numeric keys in [Dist1].
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
4. Measure the distance from the left edge to the right edge black belt 2 of the original at F.
Measurement procedure
1) Measure the distance from the left edge to the right edge black belt 2 of the original at F
(21 mm from the top edge of black belt 1).
5. Enter the values using the cursor right/left keys or numeric keys in [Dist2].
6. Press the start key. The value is set.
7. Measure the distance from the top edge of black belt 1 to the bottom of black belt 3 of the original at D and E.
1) Measure the distance from the top edge of black belt 1 to the bottom of black belt 3 of the original at D (30 mm from the left edge) and E (180 mm from the left edge), respectively.
2) Apply the following formula for the values obtained: (D/2 + E/2)
8. Enter the measured value using the cursor right/left keys or numeric keys in [Dist3].
Press the start key. The value is set.
30mm 105mm 180mm
Black belt 1
A B C
Leading edge
F
Blackbelt 2
D E
Original for adjustment
(P/N: 7505000107)
Figure 1-3-2
Black belt 3
1-3-23
[Dist1] = (A+B+C)/3
[Dist2] = F
[Dist3] = D/2+E/2
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-2
Item No.
Description
U425
Setting: [DP] *: This setting is usually unnecessary.
Display
Lead
Description
A value of length of detecting the leading edge.
Main Scan A value of width of main scan.
Sub Scan A value of length of sub scan.
Setting range Initial setting
14.0 to 16.0
15.0
14.0 to 16.0
265.0 to 269.0
15.0
267.0
1. Measure the distance from the leading edge to the black belt (inside) of the original at A.
2. Enter the measured value using the cursor right/left keys or numeric keys in [Lead].
3. Measure the distance from the left edge to the black belt (inside) of the original at B.
4. Enter the measured value using the cursor right/left keys or numeric keys in [Main Scan].
5. Measure the distance from the black belt of leading edge (inside) to the black belt of trailing edge (inside) of the original at C.
6. Enter the measured value using the cursor right/left keys or numeric keys in [Sub Scan].
7. Press the start key. The value is set.
B
A
C
Original for adjustment (P/N: 7505000106)
Figure 1-3-3
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-24
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-1
Item No.
U600 Initializing all data
Description
Description
Initializes software switches and all data in the backup data on the FAX control PWB, according to the destination and OEM.
Executes the check of the file system, when abnormality of the file system is detected, initializes the file system, communication past record and register setting contents.
Purpose
To initialize the FAX control PWB.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select [Execute]. The screen for entering the destination code and OEM code is displayed.
3. Select [Country Code] and enter a destination code using the numeric keys (refer to the destination code list on following for the destination code).
4. Press the start key.
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
The destination code and the OEM code are displayed with the values currently set.
5. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initialization, press the stop key.
6. After data initialization, the entered destination, OEM codes and ROM version are displayed.
A ROM version displays three kinds, application, boot, and IPL.
Destination code list
126
136
137
152
088
097
108
115
Code
000
007
009
022
038
080
084
156
159
169
181
Destination
Japan
Argentina
Australia
Brazil
China
Hong Kong
Indonesia
Israel
Korea
Malaysia
Mexico
New Zealand
Peru
Philippines
Saudi Arabiat
Singapore
South Africa
Thailand
U.S.A.
Code
250
253
254
Destination
Russia
CTR21 (European nations)
Italy
Germany
Spain
U.K.
Netherlands
Sweden
France
Austria
Switzerland
Belgium
Denmark
Finland
Portugal
Ireland
Norway
Taiwan
1-3-25
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U601 Initializing permanent data
Description
Description
Initializes software switches on the FAX control PWB according to the destination and OEM.
Purpose
To initialize the FAX control PWB without changing user registration data.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select [Execute]. The screen for entering the destination code and OEM code is displayed.
3. Select [Country Code] and enter a destination code using the numeric keys (refer to the des-
tination code list on page 1-3-25 for the destination code).
4. Press the start key.
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
The destination code and the OEM code are displayed with the values currently set.
5. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initialization, press the back key.
6. After data initialization, the entered destination, OEM codes and ROM version are displayed.
A ROM version displays three kinds, application, boot, and IPL.
U603 Setting user data 1
Description
Makes user settings to enable the use of the machine as a fax.
Purpose
To be run after installation of the facsimile kit if necessary.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select [LINE TYPE] and press the start key.
3. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
DTMF
10PPS
20PPS
Description
DTMF
10 PPS
20 PPS
* : Initial setting: DTMF
4. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-26
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U604 Setting user data 2
Description
Description
Makes user settings to enable the use of the machine as a fax.
Purpose
Use this if the user wishes to adjust the number of rings that occur before the unit switches into fax receiving mode when fax/telephone auto-select is enabled.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select [RINGS(F/P)#].
3. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description
Number of fax/telephone rings
Setting range
0 to 15
Initial setting
2 (120 V)/1 (220-240 V)
* : If you set this to 0, the unit will start fax reception without any ringing.
4. Press the start key. The value is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U605 Clearing data
Description
Initializes data related to the fax transmission such as transmission history.
Purpose
To clear the transmission history.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select [CLEAR COM.REC.].
3. Press the start key. Initialization processing starts. When processing is finished, [Completed] is displayed.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-27
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U610 Setting system 1
Description
Description
Makes settings for fax reception regarding the sizes of the fax paper and received images and automatic printing of the protocol list.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
CUT LINE:100%
CUT LINE:AUTO
CUT LINE:A4
Description
Sets the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax at
100% magnification.
Sets the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax in the auto reduction mode.
Sets the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax
(A4R/LetterR) in the auto reduction mode.
Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax at 100% magnification
Sets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received data volume exceeds the recording capacity when recording the data at 100% magnification. If the number of excess lines is below the setting, those lines are ignored. If over the setting, they are recorded on the next page.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description Setting range
0 to 22
Initial setting
3
Change in value per step
16 lines Number of lines to be ignored when receiving at 100%
* : Increase the setting if a blank second page is output, and decrease it if the received image does not include the entire transmitted data.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax in the auto reduction mode
Sets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received data volume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in the auto reduction mode. If the number of excess lines is below the setting, those lines are ignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page is further reduced so that it can be recorded on the same page.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description Setting range
0 to 22
Initial setting
0
Change in value per step
16 lines Number of lines to be ignored when receiving in the auto reduction mode
* : Increase the setting if a page received in the reduction mode is over-reduced and too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if the received image does not include all transmitted data.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
1-3-28
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
Description
U610 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax (A4R/LetterR) in the auto reduction mode
Sets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received data volume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in the auto reduction mode onto A4R or LetterR paper under the conditions below.
If the number of excess lines is below the setting, those lines are ignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page is further reduced so that it can be recorded on the same page.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description
Number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax (A4R, letter) in the auto reduction mode
Setting range
0 to 22
Initial setting
0
Change in value per step
16 lines
* : Increase the setting if a page received in the reduction mode is over-reduced and too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if the received image does not include all transmitted data.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-29
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U611 Setting system 2
Description
Description
Sets the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ADJ LINES
ADJ LINES(A4)
ADJ LINES(LT)
Description
Sets the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction.
Sets the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when A4 paper is set.
Sets the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when letter size paper is set.
Setting the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction
Sets the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial setting
Number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction 0 to 22 7
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when A4 paper is set
Sets the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when A4 paper is set.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description
Number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when A4 paper is set
Setting range Initial setting
0 to 22 22
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when letter size paper is set
Sets the number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when letter size paper is set.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description
Number of adjustment lines for automatic reduction when letter size paper is set
Setting range Initial setting
0 to 26 26
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-30
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U612 Setting system 3
Description
Description
Makes settings for fax transmission regarding operation and automatic printing of the protocol list.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
AUTO REDUCTION
PROTOCOL LIST
DETECT TRAIL
Description
Selects if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is to be performed.
Sets the automatic printing of the protocol list.
Sets the detection of trailing edge margin.
Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is to be performed
Sets whether to receive a long document by automatically reducing it in the auxiliary direction or at 100% magnification.
1. Select the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
ON
Description
Auto reduction is performed if the received document is longer than the fax paper.
Auto reduction is not performed.
OFF
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the automatic printing of the protocol list
Sets if the protocol list is automatically printed out.
1. Select the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
ON
OFF
ERR
Description
The protocol list is automatically printed out after communication.
The protocol list is not printed out automatically.
The protocol list is automatically printed out after communication only if a communication error occurs.
* : Initial setting: OFF
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
1-3-31
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
Description
U612 Selecting if detection of trail edge margin is to be performed
This determines whether trailing edge margin is detected (to prevent image from being mutilated) while printing a received Fax.
1. Select the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
ON
OFF
Description
The trail edge margin is detected.
The trail edge margin is not detected.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U620 Setting the remote switching mode
Description
Sets the signal detection method for remote switching. Be sure to change the setting according to the type of telephone connected to the machine.
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Select [REMORT MODE] and press the start key.
3. Select the mode using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ONE
Description
One-shot detection
CONT Continuous detection
* : Initial setting: ONE
4. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-32
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U625 Setting the transmission system 1
Description
Description
Makes settings for the auto redialing interval and the number of times of auto redialing.
Purpose
Change the setting to prevent the following problems: fax transmission is not possible due to too short redial interval, or fax transmission takes too much time to complete due to too long redial interval.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
INTERVAL
TIMES
Description
Setting the auto redialing interval
Setting the number of times of auto redialing
Setting the auto redialing interval
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Redialing interval
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
1 to 9 (min.)
Initial setting
3 (120 V)/2 (220-240 V)
U625 Setting the number of times of auto redialing
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description
Number of redialing
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
0 to 15
Initial setting
2 (120 V)/3 (220-240 V)
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-33
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U630 Setting communication control 1
Description
Description
Makes settings for fax transmission regarding the communication.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
TX SPEED
RX SPEED
TX ECHO
RX ECHO
Description
Sets the communication starting speed.
Sets the reception speed.
Sets the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the sender.
Sets the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the receiver.
Setting the communication starting speed
Sets the initial communication speed when starting transmission. When the destination unit has
V.34 capability, V.34 is selected for transmission, regardless of this setting.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
14400bps/V17
9600bps/V29
4800bps/V27ter
2400bps/V27ter
Description
V.17, 14400 bps
V.17, 9600 bps
V.27ter, 4800 bps
V.27ter, 2400 bps
* : Initial setting: 14400bps/V17
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
1-3-34
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U630
(cont.)
Description
Setting the reception speed
Sets the reception speed that the sender is informed of using the DIS or NSF signal. When the destination unit has V.34 capability, V.34 is selected, regardless of the setting.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
14400bps
9600bps
4800bps
2400bps
Description
V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27ter
V.29, V.27ter
V.27ter
V.27ter (fallback only)
* : Initial setting: 14400bps
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the sender
Sets the period before a DCS signal is sent after a DIS signal is received. Used when problems occur due to echoes at the sender.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
500
Description
Sends a DCS 500 ms after receiving a DIS.
300 Sends a DCS 300 ms after receiving a DIS.
* : Initial setting: 300
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the receiver
Sets the period before an NSF, CSI or DIS signal is sent after a CED signal is received. Used when problems occur due to echoes at the receiver.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
500
75
Description
Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS 500 ms after receiving a CED.
Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS 75 ms after receiving a CED.
* : Initial setting: 75
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-35
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U631 Setting communication control 2
Description
Description
Makes settings regarding fax transmission.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ECM TX
ECM RX
CED FREQ.
Description
Sets ECM transmission.
Sets ECM reception.
Sets the frequency of the CED signal.
Setting ECM transmission
To be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher priority than image quality.
This should not be set to OFF when connecting to the IP (Internet Protocol) telephone line.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
Description
ECM transmission is enabled.
OFF ECM transmission is disabled.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting ECM reception
To be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher priority than image quality.
This should not be set to OFF when connecting to the IP (Internet Protocol) telephone line.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
Description
ECM reception is enabled.
OFF ECM reception is disabled.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the frequency of the CED signal
Sets the frequency of the CED signal. Used as one of the measures to improve transmission performance for international communications.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
2100
Description
2100 Hz
1100 1100 Hz
* : Initial setting: 2100
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-36
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U632 Setting communication control 3
Description
Description
Makes settings for fax transmission regarding the communication.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
DIS 4BYTE
SHORT PRTCL TX
SHORT PRTCL RX
NUM OF CNG(F/T)
Description
Sets the DIS signal to 4 bytes.
Sets the short protocol transmission.
Sets the reception of short protocol transmission.
Sets the CNG detection times in the fax/telephone auto select mode.
Setting the DIS signal to 4 bytes
Sets if bit 33 and later bits of the DIS/DTC signal are sent.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
Description
Bit 33 and later bits of the DIS/DTC signal are not sent.
OFF Bit 33 and later bits of the DIS/DTC signal are sent.
* : Initial setting: OFF
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the short protocol transmission
Sets if short protocol transmission is performed.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
Description
Short protocol transmission is performed.
OFF Short protocol transmission is not performed.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the reception of a short protocol transmission
Selects whether to receive or ignore transmission using short protocol.
If a short protocol transmission is received when an auto switching device is attached to the machine, communication problems, including auto switching inability, sometimes occur. Change the setting to ignore short protocol transmission to prevent such problems.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
Description
Receives short protocol transmission.
OFF Ignores short protocol transmission.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
1-3-37
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
Description
U632 Setting the CNG detection times in the fax/telephone auto select mode
Sets the CNG detection times in the fax/telephone auto select mode.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
1TIME
Description
Detects CNG once.
2TIMES Detects CNG twice.
* : Initial setting: 2TIMES
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U633 Setting communication control 4
Description
Makes settings for fax transmission regarding the communication.
Purpose
To reduce transmission errors when a low quality line is used.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
V.34
V.34-3429Hz
DIS 2RES
RTN CHECK
Description
Enables or disables V.34 communication.
Sets the V.34 symbol speed (3429 Hz).
Sets the number of times of DIS signal reception.
Sets the reference for RTN signal output.
Enabling/disabling V.34 communication
Sets whether V.34 communication is enabled/disabled for transmission and reception.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
TX
RX
OFF
Description
V.34 communication is enabled for both transmission and reception.
V.34 communication is enabled for transmission only.
V.34 communication is enabled for reception only.
V.34 communication is disabled for both transmission and reception.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
1-3-38
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
Description
U633 Setting the V.34 symbol speed (3429 Hz)
Sets if the V.34 symbol speed 3429 Hz is used.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
OFF
Description
V.34 symbol speed 3429 Hz is used.
V.34 symbol speed 3429 Hz is not used.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the number of times of DIS signal reception
Sets the number of times to receive the DIS signal to once or twice. Used as one of the correction measures for transmission errors and other problems.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ONCE
TWICE
Description
Responds to the first signal.
Responds to the second signal.
* : Initial setting: ONCE
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the reference for RTN signal output
Sets the error line rate as the reference for RTN signal output. If transmission errors occur frequently due to the quality of the line, they can be reduced by lowering this setting.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
5%
10%
15%
20%
Description
Error line rate of 5%
Error line rate of 10%
Error line rate of 15%
Error line rate of 20%
* : Initial setting: 15%
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-39
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U634 Setting communication control 5
Description
Description
Sets the maximum number of error bytes judged acceptable when receiving a TCF signal. Used as a measure to ease transmission conditions if transmission errors occur.
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial setting
Number of allowed error bytes when detecting TCF 0 to 255
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
0
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U640 Setting communication time 1
Description
Sets the detection time when one-shot detection is selected for remote switching. (This setting item will be displayed, but the setting made is ineffective.)
Sets the detection time when continuous detection is selected for remote switching. (This setting item will be displayed, but the setting made is ineffective.)
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
TIME (ONE)
TIME (CONT)
Description
Sets the one-shot detection time for remote switching.
Sets the continuous detection time for remote switching.
Setting the one-shot detection time for remote switching
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
One-shot detection time for remote switching
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range Initial setting
0 to 255 7
Setting the continuous detection time for remote switching
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Continuous detection time for remote switching
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
0 to 255
Initial setting
80
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-40
Item No.
U641 Setting communication time 2
Description
Description
Sets the time-out time for fax transmission.
Purpose
To improve transmission performance for international communications mainly.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
T0 TIME OUT
T1 TIME OUT
T2 TIME OUT
Ta TIME OUT
Tb1 TIME OUT
Tb2 TIME OUT
Tc TIME OUT
Td TIME OUT
Description
Sets the T0 time-out time.
Sets the T1 time-out time.
Sets the T2 time-out time.
Sets the Ta time-out time.
Sets the Tb1 time-out time.
Sets the Tb2 time-out time.
Sets the Tc time-out time.
Sets the Td time-out time.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Setting the T0 time-out time
Sets the time before detecting a CED or DIS signal after a dialing signal is sent.
Depending on the quality of the exchange, or when the auto select function is selected at the destination unit, a line can be disconnected. Change the setting to prevent this problem.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
T0 time-out time
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
30 to 90 s
Initial setting
56
Setting the T1 time-out time
Sets the time before receiving the correct signal after call reception. No change is necessary for this maintenance item.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
T1 time-out time
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
30 to 90 s
Initial setting
36
1-3-41
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
Description
U641 Setting the T2 time-out time
The T2 time-out time decides the following.
From CFR signal output to image data reception
From image data reception to the next signal reception
In ECM, from RNR signal detection to the next signal reception
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
T2 time-out time
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
1 to 255
Initial setting
69
Change in value per step
100 ms
Setting the Ta time-out time
In the fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time to continue ringing an operator through the
connected telephone after receiving a call as a fax machine (see figure 1-3-4). A fax signal is
received within the Ta set time, or the fax mode is selected automatically when the time elapses.
In fax/telephone auto select mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Ta time-out time
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
1 to 255
Initial setting
30
Tb1
Ta
Tb2
Figure 1-3-4 Ta/Tb1/Tb2 time-out time
Setting the Tb1 time-out time
In the fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time to start sending the ring back tone after
receiving a call as a fax machine (see figure 1-3-4). In fax/telephone auto select mode, change
the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Tb1 time-out time
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
1 to 255
Initial setting
20
Change in value per step
100 ms
1-3-42
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
Description
U641 Setting the Tb2 time-out time
In the fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time to start ringing an operator through the con-
nected telephone after receiving a call as a fax machine (see figure 1-3-4). In the fax/telephone
auto select mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Tb2 time-out time
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
1 to 255
Initial setting
80
Change in value per step
100 ms
Setting the Tc time-out time
In the TAD mode, set the time to check if there are any triggers for shifting to fax reception after a connected telephone receives a call. Only the telephone function is available if shifting is not made within the set Tc time.
In the TAD mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Tc time-out time
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
1 to 255
Initial setting
60
Setting the Td time-out time
Sets the length of the time required to determine silent status (fax), one of the triggers for Tc time check. In the TAD mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call. Be sure not to set it too short; otherwise, the mode may be shifted to fax while the unit is being used as a telephone.
1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Td time-out time
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting range
1 to 255
Initial setting
9 (120 V)/6 (220-240 V)
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-43
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U650 Setting modem 1
Description
Description
Sets the G3 cable equalizer. Sets the modem detection level.
Purpose
Perform the following adjustment to make the equalizer compatible with the line characteristics.
To improve the transmission performance when a low quality line is used.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
REG. G3 TX EQR
REG. G3 RX EQR
RX MODEM LEVEL
Description
Sets the G3 transmission cable equalizer.
Sets the G3 reception cable equalizer.
Sets the modem detection level.
Setting the G3 transmission cable equalizer
1. Select [0dB], [4dB], [8dB] or [12dB] using the cursor up/down keys.
* : Initial setting: 0dB
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the G3 reception cable equalizer
1. Select [0dB], [4dB], [8dB] or [12dB] using the cursor up/down keys.
* : Initial setting: 0dB
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the modem detection level
1. Select [33dBm], [38dBm], [43dBm] or [48dBm] using the cursor up/down keys.
* : Initial setting: 43dBm
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-44
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U651 Setting modem 2
Description
Description
Sets the modem output level.
Sets the DTMF output level of a push-button dial telephone.
Purpose
Used if problems occur when sending a signal with a push-button dial telephone.
Setting
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.
Display
SGL LV MDM
DTMF LV(C)
DTMF LV(D)
Description
Modem output level
DTMF output level
(main value)
DTMF output level
(level difference)
Setting range Initial setting
1 to 15
0 to 15.0
0 to 5.5
9 (120 V)
10 (220-240 V)
5 (120 V)
10.5 (220-240 V)
2 (120 V)
2.5 (220-240 V)
4. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-45
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U660 Setting the NCU
Description
Description
Makes setting regarding the network control unit (NCU).
Purpose
To be set when installing the facsimile kit.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
EXCHANGE
DIAL TONE
BUSY TONE
PBX SETTING
DC LOOP
Description
Sets the connection to PBX/PSTN.
Sets PSTN dial tone detection.
Sets busy tone detection.
Setting for a PBX.
Sets the loop current detection before dialing.
Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN
Selects if a fax is to be connected to either a PBX or public switched telephone network.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
PSTN
PBX
Description
Connected to the public switched telephone network.
Connected to a PBX.
* : Initial setting: PSTN
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting PSTN dial tone detection
Selects if the dial tone is detected to check the telephone is off the hook when a fax is connected to a public switched telephone network.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
OFF
Description
Detects the dial tone.
Does not detect the dial tone.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
1-3-46
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
Description
U660 Setting busy tone detection
When a fax signal is sent, sets whether the line is disconnected immediately after a busy tone is detected, or the busy tone is not detected and the line remains connected until T0 time-out time.
Fax transmission may fail due to incorrect busy tone detection. When set to 2, this problem may be prevented. However, the line is not disconnected within the T0 time-out time even if the destination line is busy.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
OFF
Description
Detects busy tone.
Does not detect busy tone.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting for a PBX
Selects the mode to connect an outside call when connected to a PBX.
According to the type of the PBX connected, select the mode to connect an outside call.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
EARTH
FLASH
LOOP
Description
Earth mode
Flashing mode
Code number mode
* : Initial setting: LOOP
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting the loop current detection before dialing
Sets if the loop current detection is performed before dialing.
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ON
OFF
Description
Performs loop current detection before dialing.
Does not perform loop current detection before dialing.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-47
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U670 Outputting lists
Description
Description
Outputs a list of data regarding fax transmissions.
Printing a list is disabled either when a job is remaining in the buffer or when [Pause All Print
Jobs] is pressed to halt printing.
Purpose
To check conditions of use, settings and transmission procedures of the fax.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the item to be output using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key. The selected list is output.
Display
SETTING LIST
ACTION LIST
SELF ST REPORT
Description
Outputs a list of software switches, self telephone number, confidential boxes, ROM versions and other information.
Outputs a list of error history, transmission line details and other information.
Outputs a list of settings in maintenance mode (own-status report) regarding fax transmission only.
PROTOCOL LIST
ERROR LIST
Outputs a list of transmission procedures.
Outputs a list of error.
ADDR BOOK (No.) Outputs address book in order IDs were added
ADDR BOOK (Name) Outputs address book in order of names
ONE-TOUCH LIST
GROUP LIST
Outputs a list of one-touch.
Outputs a list of group.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-48
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U695 FAX function customize
Description
Description
Sets fax batch transmission ON/OFF. Also changes the print size priority at the time of small size reception.
Purpose
To be executed as required.
Setting
1. Select the setting using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
FAX BULK TX
A5 PT PRI CHG
Description
fax batch transmission ON/OFF
Change of print size priority at the time of small size reception
Setting: [FAX BULK TX]
1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
ON
OFF
Description
Fax batch transmission is enabled.
Fax batch transmission is disabled.
* : Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting: [A5 PT PRI CHG]
1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
ON
OFF
Description
At the time of A5 size reception: A5
B5A4
At the time of A5 size reception: A5
A4B5
* : Initial setting: OFF
2. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-49
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U699 Setting the software switches
Description
Description
Sets the software switches on the FAX control PWB individually.
Purpose
To change the setting when a problem such as split output of received originals occurs.
Since the communication performance is largely affected, normally this setting need not be changed.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Press [SW No.].
3. Enter the desired software switch number (3 digits) using the numeric keys and press the enter key.
4. Use numeric keys 7 to 0 to switch each bit between 0 and 1.
5. Press the start key to set the value.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
List of Software Switches of Which the Setting Can Be Changed
<Communication control procedure>
No.
36
37
38
41
42
Bit Item
7654 Coding format in transmission
3210 Coding format in reception
5 33600 bps/V34
4 31200 bps/V34
3 28800 bps/V34
2 26400 bps/V34
1 24000 bps/V34
0 21600 bps/V34
7 19200 bps/V34
6 16800 bps/V34
5 14400 bps/V34
4 12000 bps/V34
3 9600 bps/V34
2 7200 bps/V34
1 4800 bps/V34
0 2400 bps/V34
3 FSK detection in V.8
4 4800 bps when low-speed setting is active
2 FIF length in transmission of more than 4 times of DIS/DTC signal
1-3-50
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U699 <Communication time setting>
60
63
64
66
68
No.
53
54
55
Bit Item
Description
76543210 T3 timeout setting
76543210 T4 timeout setting (automatic equipment)
76543210 T5 timeout setting
76543210 Time before transmission of CNG (1100 Hz) signal
76543210 T0 timeout setting (manual equipment)
7 Phase C timeout in ECM reception
76543210 Timeout 1 in countermeasures against echo
76543210 Timeout for FSK detection start in V.8
<Modem setting>
No.
89
Bit Item
76543 RX gain adjust
<NCU setting>
No.
121
122
125
126
Bit Item
7654 Dial tone/busy tone detection pattern
7654 Busy tone detection pattern
1 Busy tone detection in automatic FAX/TEL switching
76543210 Access code registration for connection to PSTN
7654 FAX/TEL automatic switching ringback tone ON/OFF cycle
<Calling time setting>
142
143
144
145
No.
133
134
141
147
148
149
151
Bit Item
76543210 DTMF signal transmission time
76543210 DTMF signal pause time
76543210 Ringer detection cycle (minimum)
76543210 Ringer detection cycle (maximum)
76543210 Ringer ON time detection
76543210 Ringer OFF time detection
76543210 Ringer OFF non-detection time
76543210 Dial tone detection time (continuous tone)
76543210 Allowable dial tone interruption time
76543210 Time for transmitting selection signal after closing the DC circuit
76543210 Ringer frequency detection invalid time
1-3-51
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U910 Clearing the black ratio data
Description
Description
Clears the accumulated black ratio data for A4 sheet.
Purpose
To clear data as required at times such as during maintenance service.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select [ALL CLEAR] using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key. The accumulated black ratio data is cleared.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-52
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U917 Setting backup data reading/writing
Description
Description
Retrieves the backup data to a USB memory from the machine; or writes the data from the USB memory to the machine.
Purpose
To store and write data when replacing the control PWB.
Method
1. Press the power key on the operation panel, and after verifying the power indicator has gone off, switch off the power switch.
2. Insert USB memory in USB memory slot.
3. Turn the power switch on.
Wait for 10 seconds to allow the machine to recognize the USB memory.
4. Enter the maintenance item.
5. Press the start key.
6. Select [Export] or [Import] using the cursor up/down keys and press the start key.
Display
IMPORT
EXPORT
Description
Writing data from the USB memory to the machine
Retrieving from the machine to a USB memory
7. Select the item using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
ADDRESS
BOOK
JOB ACCNT.
ONE TOUCH
USER
PROGRAM
DOCUMENT
BOX
FAX
FORWARD
Description
Address book
Job accounting
Information on one-touch key
User managements
Program information
Document box information
FAX transfer information
—
—
Depending data
Address book
Job accounting
Job accountings and user managements
Job accountings and user managements
Job accountings, user managements and document box information
* : Since data are dependent with each other, data other than those assigned are also retrieved or written in.
8. Select [ON] using the cursor left/right keys.
9. Press the start key. Starts reading or writing.
The progress of selected item is displayed in %.
When an error occurs, the operation is canceled and an error code is displayed.
10. When normally completed, [FIN] is displayed.
11. Turn the power switch off and on after completing writing when selecting [IMPORT].
1-3-53
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U917 Error Codes
Description
Codes Description
e002 Parameter error e003 File write error e004 File initialization error e005 File error e006 Processing error e010 Address book clear error (contact) e011 Address book open error (contact) e012 Address book list error (contact) e013 Address book list error (contact) e014 Address book clear error (group) e015 Address book open error (group) e016 Address book list error (group) e017 Address book list error (group) e110 Job accounting clear error e111 Job accounting open error e112 Job accounting open error e113 Job accounting error in writing e114 Job accounting list error e115 Job accounting list error e210 One-touch open error e211 One-touch list error e212 One-touch list error e310 User managements backup error e311 User managements clear error e312 User managements open error e313 User managements open error e314 User managements open error e315 User managements error in writing e316 User managements list error e317 User managements list error e318 User managements list error e319 User managements list error e31a User managements open error e31b User managements error e31c User managements error e31d User managements open error
Codes Description
e31e User managements error e31f User managements open error e320 User managements error e410 Box file open error e411 Box error in writing e412 Box error in reading e413 Box list error e414 Box list error e415 Box error e416 Box error e417 Box open error e418 Box close error e419 Box creation error e41a Box creation error e41b Box deletion error e41c Box movement error e510 Program error in writing e511 Program error in reading e710 Fax memory open error e711 Fax memory initialization error e712 Fax memory list error e713 Fax memory error e714 Fax memory error e715 Fax memory mode error e716 Fax memory error e717 Fax memory error e718 Fax memory mode error e910 File reading error e911 File writing error e912 Data mismatch e913 Log file open error e914 Log file error in writing e915 Directory open error e916 Directory error in reading e917 Synchronization error e918 Synchronization error
1-3-54
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U917 Error Codes
Description
Codes Description
d000 Unspecified error d001 HDD unavailable d002 USB memory is not inserted
Codes Description
d00b File reading error d00c File writing error d00d File copy error d003 File for writing is not found in the USB d00e File compressed error d004 File for reading is not found in the HDD d00f File decompressed error d005 USB error in writing d006 USB error in reading d010 d011
Directory open error
Directory creation error d007 USB unmount error d008 File rename error d009 File open error d00a File close error d012 File writing error d013 File reading error d014 File deletion error d015 File copy error to the USB
Supplement
The following restrictions apply to the data which were imported from 4 in 1 model (with FAX) to
3 in 1 model (without FAX).
Personal address book: FAX-related data are not imported.
Group address book: Group addresses including FAX addresses are not imported.
Job accounting data: Initial values are added for FAX-related data.
One-touch data: Groups assigned with FAX addresses or those including FAX are not imported.
User management data: Initial values are added for out-going FAXes of authentication.
Program data: Not imported. (The same applies when data are imported from 3 in 1 to 4 in 1 model.)
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U927
Clearing the all copy counts and machine life counts (one time only)
Description
Resets all of the counts back to zero.
Supplement
The total account counter and the machine life counter can be cleared only once if all count values are 1000 or less.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Press [EXECUTE].
3. Press the start key. All copy counts and machine life counts are cleared.
[CAN NOT EXECUTE] is displayed if the count cannot be cleared.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-55
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Item No.
U977 Data capture mode
Description
Description
Store the print data sent to the machine into USB memory.
Purpose
In case to occur the error at printing, check the print data sent to the machine.
Method
1. Insert USB memory in USB memory slot.
2. Turn the power switch on.
3. Enter the maintenance item.
4. Press the start key.
5. Select [EXECUTE].
6. Press the start key.
7. Send the print data to the machine.
Once the print data is stored into USB memory, OK will be displayed.
Completion
Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1-3-56
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-3-2 Service mode
The machine is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and service the machine.
(1) Executing a service mode
Start
Press the System Menu/Counter key.
Select [Adjust/Maint.] using the cursor up/down keys and press the start key.
Select [Service Setting] using the cursor up/down keys and press the start key.
The selected service mode is run.
Press the stop key.
End
The Sys. Menu/Count. menu appears.
The Adjust/Maint. menu appears.
The Service Setting menu appears.
1-3-57
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Description of service mode
Service items Description
Service Status Printing a status page for service purpose
Description
Prints a status page for service purpose. The status page includes various settings and service cumulative.
Purpose
To acquire the current printing environmental parameters and cumulative information.
Method
1. Enter the Service Setting menu.
2. Select [Service Status] using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key.
4. Press [Yes] (the Left Select key). Two pages will be printed.
Completion
Press the stop key.
1-3-58
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Service items
Service status page (1)
Description
Service Status Page
MFP
(1)
Firmware version 2PN_2000.000.000 2013.06.07
(2)
2013/06/07 15:15
(3) (4) (5)
[XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX]
Controller Information
Memory status
(7)
Standard Size
(8)
Option Slot
(9)
Total Size
2.0 GB
128.0 KB
2.0 GB
FAX Information
(26)
Rings (Normal)
(27)
Rings (FAX/TEL)
(28)
Rings (TAD)
(29)
Option DIMM Size
Time
(10)
Local Time Zone
(11)
(12)
(13)
Document Processor
(14)
Paper Feeder2:
(15)
Paper Feeder3:
(16)
(17)
Date and Time
Time Server
Installed Options
Memory Card
Print Setting
(18)
MP Tray Priority
+01:00 Tokio
06/04/2010 12:00
10.183.53.13
Installed
Installed
Installed
Not Installed
Auto Feed
Print Coverage
(19)
Average(%)
(20)
Total
/ Usage Page(A4/Letter Conversion)
(30)
FRPO Status
User Top Margin
User Left Margin
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
K: 1.10
(21)
Copy
K: 1.10
(22)
Printer
/ 1111111.11
/ 1111111.11
.
.
.
PDF mode
K: 1.10
(23)
FAX
K: 1.10
(24)
Period
(25)
Last Page (%)
/ 1111111.11
/ 1111111.11
(27/10/2009 — 03/11/2009 08:40)
1.00
(31)
(32)
(33)
(34)
RP Code
1234 5678 9012
5678 9012 3456
9012 3456 7890
3456 7890 1234
3
3
3
16MB
A1+A2/100
A3+A4/100
Y5
0.00
0.00
00
1
Figure 1-3-5
(6)
[XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX]
1-3-59
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Service items
Service status page (2)
Service Status Page
MFP
Firmware version 2PN_2000.000.000 2013.06.07
Engine Information
(35)
(36)
(37)
NVRAM Version
Scanner Version
FAX Slot1
FAX BOOT Version
FAX APL Version
FAX IPL Version
(38)
MAC Address
(39)
DP Counters
Total
_1F31255_1F31255
2PN_1200.001.089
2PN_5000.001.001
2PN_5100.001.001
2PN_5200.001.001
00:C0:EE:D0:01:0D
1234
Description
2013/06/07 15:15
[XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX]
Send Information
(40)
Date and Time
(41)
Address
10/06/30
1/2
(42) (43)
(44)
100/100
(45)
0/0/0/0/
(46)
0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/
0000000/
F00/U00/0/0/0/0/30/70/abcde/1/0/1/
(47)(48)(49)(50)(51)(52)(53)(54)(55)(56)(57)(58)
(59)
0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/
0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/
(60)
12345678/11223344/00001234abcd567800001234abcd5678/01234567890123456789012345678901/0008/00/07
XXXXXXXX
(61)
(62)
[ABCDEFGHIJ] [ABCDEFGHIJ]
(63)
[2PN_81BR.001.010]
(64)
00070107FE/0700FE00FE/00FE000100/0000000000/ 00000A010A/0A0A0A3200/0000000000/0000000000/
0008000000/080000001D/0096009B00/9B009BFFFB/0082000000/000000
1/5/
(65) (66)
1/
(67)
0/15:47
(68) (69)
1-3-60
2
Figure 1-3-6
[XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX]
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Service items Description
Detail of service status page
No.
Description
(1) Firmware version
(2) System date
(3) Engine soft version
(4) Engine boot version
(5) Operation panel mask version
(6) Machine serial number
(7) Standard memory size
(8) Optional memory size
(9) Total memory size
(10) Local time zone
(11) Report output date
(12) NTP server name
(13) Presence or absence of the document processor
(14) Presence or absence of the optional paper feeder2
(15) Presence or absence of the optional paper feeder3
(16) Presence or absence of the optional memory card
(17) Presence or absence of the card authentication kit (B)
(18) Print setting
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Supplement
—
—
—
Day/Month/Year hour:minute
Installed/Not Installed
Installed/Not Installed
Installed/Not Installed
Installed/Not Installed
Installed/Not Installed
Off/Auto Feed/Always
(19) Page of relation to the A4/Letter * :Print Coverage provides a close-matching reference of toner consumption and will not match with the actual toner consumption.
(20) Average coverage for total
(21) Average coverage for copy
—
—
(22)
(23)
(24)
Average coverage for printer
Average coverage for fax
Cleared date and output date
(25) Coverage on the final output page
—
—
—
—
(26) Number of rings
(27) Number of rings before automatic switching
(28) Number of rings before connecting to answering machine
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 to 15
1-3-61
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Service items Description
No.
(29)
(30)
(31)
(32)
(33)
(34)
(35)
Description
Option DIMM Size
FRPO Setting
RP code
RP code
RP code
RP code
NV RAM version
Supplement
—
—
Code the engine software version and the date of update.
Code the main software version and the date of update.
Code the engine software version and the date of the previous update.
Code the main software version and the date of the previous update.
_ 1F3 1225 _ 1F3 1225
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
(36) Scanner firmware version
(37) Fax firmware version
(38) Mac address —
(39) Number of original feed from DP —
—
—
(a) Consistency of the present software version and the database
_ (underscore): OK
* (Asterisk): NG
(b) Database version
(c) The oldest time stamp of database version
(d) Consistency of the present software version and the ME firmware version
_ (underscore): OK
* (Asterisk): NG
(e) ME firmware version
(f) The oldest time stamp of the ME database version
Normal if (a) and (d) are underscored, and (b) and
(e) are identical with (c) and (f).
(40) The last sent date and time
(41) Transmission address —
—
1-3-62
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Service items Description
No.
Description
(42) Destination information
(43) Area information
(44) Margin settings
(44) Margin/Page length/Page width settings
(46) Life counter (The first line)
—
—
Supplement
Top margin/Left margin
Top margin integer part/Top margin decimal part/
Left margin integer part/Left margin decimal part/
(47)
(48)
(49)
Life counter (The second line)
Panel lock information
USB information
Paper handling information
Machine life/MP tray/Cassette 1/Cassette 2/
Cassette 3 /Duplex
Maintenance kit
0: OFF
1: Partial lock
2: Full lock
0: Not installed
1: Full speed
2: Hi speed
0: Paper source unit select
1: Paper source unit
(50)
(51)
Auto cassette change
Black and white printing double count mode
(52) Billing counting timing
(53) Temperature (machine outside) —
—
(54) Absolute temperature
(machineoutside)
—
0:Auto cassette change prohibition
1:Auto cassette change permission
0: All single counts
1: A3, Single count, Less than 420 mm (length)
2: Legal, Single count, 356 mm or less (length)
3: Folio, Single count, Less than 330 mm (length)
(55) Fixed assets number
(56) Job end judgment time-out time —
—
(57)
(58)
Job end detection mode
Priscribe environmental reset
—
0: OFF
1: ON
(59) Media type attributes
1 to 28 (Not used: 18, 19, 20)
Weight settings
0: Light/1: Normal 1 / 2: Normal 2 / 3: Normal 3/
4: Heavy 1 / 5: Heavy 2 / 6: Heavy 3 / 7: Extra
Heavy
Fuser settings
0: High / 1: Middle / 2: Low / 3: Vellum
Duplex settings
0: Disable / 1: Enable
1-3-63
Service items Description
No.
Description
(60) RFID information —
Supplement
(61) RFID reader/writer version information
(62) Soft version of the optional paper feeder
—
—
(63) Version of the optional message —
(64) Maintenance information —
(65) Toner low setting
(66) Toner low detection level
(67) Full-page print mode
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
0 to 100 (%)
(68)
(69)
Wake UP mode
Wake Up Timer
0: Normal mode (Factory setting)
1: Full-page mode
0: OFF (Don’t wake up)
1: ON (Do wake up)
Displays the wake-up time
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-3-64
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Service items
Network Status Printing a status page for network
Description
Description
Prints a status page for network.
Purpose
To acquire the detailed network setting information.
Method
1. Enter the Service Setting menu.
2. Select [Network Status] using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key.
4. Press [Yes] in the confirmation display. Network status page will be printed.
Completion
Press the stop key.
1-3-65
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Service items
Test Page Printing a test page
Description
Description
The halftones of sixteen different levels are printed for test.
Purpose
The developmental time of image error, the test print is performed for judgement of the engine-side or the scanner-side.
Method
1. Enter the Service Setting menu.
2. Select [Test Page].
3. Press the start key.
4. Press [Yes] (the Left Select key). Test page will be printed.
Gray scale
(16 levels)
Figure 1-3-7
Completion
Press the stop key.
New Developer Perform the toner installation of the developer unit.
Description
Perform the toner installation when the developer unit has been replaced.
Purpose
Perform when the developer unit is replaced.
Method
1. Enter the Service Setting menu.
2. Select [New Developer] using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press [Yes] in the confirmation display.
Completion
Press the stop key.
1-3-66
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN-1
Service items
FAX country code
Description
FAX Country Code
Description
Initializes software switches and all data in the backup data on the FAX control PWB, according to the destination.
Purpose
To initialize the FAX control PWB.
Method
1. Enter the Service Setting menu.
2. Select [FAX Country Code] using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key.
4. Enter a destination code using the numeric keys.
5. Press the start key. The setting is set.
6. Press the start key. Data initialization starts.
Destination code list
126
136
137
152
088
097
108
115
Code
000
007
009
022
038
080
084
156
159
169
181
Destination
Japan
Argentina
Australia
Brazil
China
Hong Kong
Indonesia
Israel
Korea
Malaysia
Mexico
New Zealand
Peru
Philippines
Saudi Arabiat
Singapore
South Africa
Thailand
U.S.A.
Code
250
253
254
Destination
Russia
CTR21 (European nations)
Italy
Germany
Spain
U.K.
Netherlands
Sweden
France
Austria
Switzerland
Belgium
Denmark
Finland
Portugal
Ireland
Norway
Taiwan
Completion
Press the stop key.
1-3-67
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Service items
FAX call Setting FAX call setting
Description
Description
Selects if a fax is to be connected to either a PBX or public switched telephone network.
Selects the mode to connect an outside call when connected to a PBX.
Access code registration for connection to PSTN.
Purpose
To be executed as required.
Method
1. Enter the Service Setting menu.
2. Select [FAX Call Set.] using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key.
Display
Exchange Select.
PBX Setting
Dial No. to PSTN
Description
Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN
Setting for a PBX
Setting access code to PSTN
Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN
1. Select [Exchange Select.] using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key.
3. Select [PBX] or [PSTN] using the cursor up/down keys.
4. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting for PBX
1. Select [PBX Setting] using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key.
3. Select [Loop], [Flash] or [Earth] using the cursor up/down keys.
4. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Setting access code to PSTN
1. Select [Dial No. to PSTN] using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key.
3. Enter access code using the numeric keys. (0 to 9, 00 to 99)
4. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key.
1-3-68
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Service items
Remote diagnostics
Description
Setting remote diagnostics
Description
Sets the remote diagnostics.
Purpose
Used to establish communication between the machine and the service facility when a problem is encounted.
Method
1. Enter the Service Setting menu.
2. Select [Remote Diag.Set.] using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key.
4. Select [On] using the cursor up/down keys.
5. Press the start key. The setting is set.
6. Select [Remote Diag. ID] using the cursor up/down keys.
7. Press the start key.
8. Enter the prespecified remote diagnostics ID number (0000 to 9999) using the numeric keys.
9. Press the start key. The setting is set.
Completion
Press the stop key.
1-3-69
This page is intentionally left blank.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-3-70
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-4 Troubleshooting
1-4-1 Paper misfeed detection
(1) Paper misfeed indication
When a paper misfeed occurs, the machine immediately stops printing and displays the paper misfeed message on the operation panel. To remove paper misfed in the machine, pull out the paper cassette, open the front cover, rear cover or duplexer’s cover, or remove the drum unit.
Help
Paper jammed in the printer
JAM****
Figure 1-4-1 Paper misfeed indication
1-4-1
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Paper misfeed detection condition
9
10
H
G
4
DP
F
E
1
2
3
1: Registration sensor (RS)
2: Paper sensor (PS)
3: MP paper sensor (MPPS)
4: Exit sensor (ES)
5: PF paper feed sensor 1 (PFPFS1)
6: PF paper sensor 1 (PFPS1)
7: PF paper feed sensor 2 (PFPFS2)
8: PF paper sensor 2 (PFPS2)
9: DP document sensor (DPOS)
10: DP timing sensor (DPTS)
D
A
Cassette 1
(Machine)
6
5
B
Cassette 2
(Paper feeder)
8
7
C
Cassette 3
(Paper feeder)
Figure 1-4-2
1-4-2
Code
0100
0101
0105
0107
0110
0501
0502
0503
0508
0509
0511
0512
0513
0518
0519
1403
1413
1420
1620
4002
4003
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Contents Conditions
Secondary paper feed request time out
Waiting for process package to be ready
Registration sensor not detected
Secondary paper feed request given by the controller is unreachable.
Process package won’t be ready.
Activation of the registration sensor (on/off) is undetected for 90 s during printing.
Fuser package won’t be ready.
Waiting for fuser package to be ready
Upper cover open
No paper feed from cassette
1
No paper feed from cassette
2
No paper feed from cassette
3
The upper cover is opened during printing.
The registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1.
PF paper feed sensor 1 (PFPFS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2 (Retry 1 times).
PF paper feed sensor 2 (PFPFS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (Retry 1 times).
No paper feed from duplex section
The registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from the duplex section.
No paper feed from MP tray The registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from the MP tray.
Multiple sheets in cassette 1 The registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1.
Multiple sheets in cassette 2 PF paper feed sensor 1 (PFPFS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2.
Multiple sheets in cassette 3 PF paper feed sensor 2 (PFPFS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3.
Multiple sheets in duplex section
Multiple sheets in MP tray
The registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from the duplex section.
The registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from theMP tray.
PF paper feed sensor 1 non arrival jam
PF paper feed sensor 1 stay jam
PF paper feed sensor 2 stay jam
Registration sensor non arrival jam
PF paper feed sensor 1 (PFPFS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3.
PF paper feed sensor 1 (PFPFS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3.
Paper remains at the
PF paper feed sensor
1
(PFPFS1) when power is turned on.
Paper remains at the
PF paper feed sensor
2
(PFPFS2) when power is turned on.
The registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2.
The registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3.
Jam
location*
E
E
E
—
A
B
C
F
D
E
B
C
E
E
G
F
B
C
A
A
*: Refer to figure 1-4-2 for paper jam location (see page 1-4-2).
1-4-3
4020
4201
4202
4203
4208
4209
4211
4212
4213
4218
4219
4220
Code
4012
4013
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Contents Conditions
Registration sensor stay jam The registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2.
The registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3.
When a power supply is turned on, the registration sensor (RS) does not turn off.
Eject sensor non arrival jam The eject sensor (ES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2.
Eject sensor stay jam
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn on during paper feed from duplex section.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn off during paper feed from the duplex section.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn off during paper feed from the MP tray.
Paper remains at the eject sensor (ES) when power is turned on.
Jam
location*
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
*: Refer to figure 1-4-2 for paper jam location (see page 1-4-2).
1-4-4
Code
4301
4302
4303
4309
4311
4312
4313
4319
9000
9001
9003
9004
9011
9410
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Contents Conditions
Duplex sensor non arrival jam
Duplex sensor stay jam
No paper feed from DP
DP original conveying jam
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn on after a switchback start, during paper feed from cassette
1.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn on after a switchback start, during paper feed from cassette
2.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn on after a switchback start, during paper feed from cassette
3.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn on after a switchback start, during paper feed from the MP tray.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn off after a switchback start, during paper feed from cassette
1.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn off after a switchback start, during paper feed from cassette
2.
The eject sensor (ES) does not turn off after a switchback start, during paper feed from cassette
3.
The duplex sensor (DUS) does not turn off after a switchback start, during paper feed from the MP tray.
DP timing sensor (DPTS) does not turn on during original feed from DP (Retry 5 times).
DP timing sensor (DPTS) turns off within the specified time since the sensor turns on.
DP original switchback jam During duplex switchback scanning, the DP timing sensor (DPTS) does not turn off within specified time.
DP top cover open
During duplex switchback scanning, the DP timing sensor (DPTS) does not turn on within specified time since original switchback operation starts.
The DP top cover is opened during original feeding.
DP timing sensor stay jam The DP timing sensor (DPTS) does not turned off within the specified time its turning on.
Jam
location*
G
G
G
G
F
F
F
F
H
H
H
H
H
H
*: Refer to figure 1-4-2 for paper jam location (see page 1-4-2).
1-4-5
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-4-2 Self-diagnostic function
(1) Self-diagnostic function
This machine is equipped with self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected, the machine stops printing and display an error message on the operation panel. An error message consists of a message prompting a contact to service personnel, total print count, and a four-digit error code indicating the type of the error.
(The display varies depending on the type of the error.)
Machine failure.
Call service.
C####
Figure 1-4-3
1-4-6
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Self diagnostic codes
Code Contents
Causes
0030 FAX control PWB system error
Processing with the fax software was disabled due to a hardware problem.
0070 FAX control PWB incompatible detection Error
Abnormal detection of FAX control
PWB incompatibility In the initial communication with the FAX control
PWB, any normal communication command is not transmitted.
0100 Backup memory device error
Defective FAX control PWB.
Defective fax software.
Defective FAX control PWB.
Defective flash memory.
Defective control
PWB.
0120 MAC address data error
Defective flash memory.
0130 Backup memory read/write error
Defective flash memory.
0140
0150
Backup memory data error
Control PWB EEPROM error
Detecting control PWB EEPROM
(U17) communication error.
Defective control
PWB.
Defective flash memory.
Defective control
PWB.
Improper installation control PWB
EEPROM (U17).
Defective control
PWB.
0170 Billing counting error
Data damage of control PWB
EEPROM (U17).
Defective control
PWB.
Data damage of control PWB
EEPROM (U17).
Remarks
Check procedures
/corrective measures
Replace the FAX control PWB (See
page 1-5-48).
Install the fax software.
Replace the FAX control PWB (See
page 1-5-48).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Check the installation of the EEPROM
(U17) and remedy if necessary (See
page 1-5-37).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Contact the Service Administrative Division.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Contact the Service Administrative Division.
1-4-7
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Code Contents
Causes
0180 Machine number mismatch
Machine number of main and engine does not match.
The main PWB or the engine
PWB were exchanged.
Data damage of control PWB
EEPROM (U17).
Remarks
Check procedures
/corrective measures
U004 Setting the machine number
(See page 1-3-12).
Contact the Service Administrative Division.
0420
0830
Paper feeder communication error
Communication error between control PWB and optional paper feeder.
FAX control PWB flash program area checksum error
A checksum error occurred with the program of the FAX control PWB.
0840 Faults of RTC
The time is judged to go back based on the comparison of the RTC time and the current time or five years or more have passed.
Improper installation paper feeder.
Defective harness between control PWB
(YC30) and paper feeder interface connector, or improper connector insertion.
Defective control
PWB.
Defective harness between PF main PWB (YC5) and paper feeder interface connector, or improper connector insertion.
Defective PF mainPWB.
Defective fax software.
Defective FAX control PWB.
Defective control
PWB.
The battery is disconnected from the control
PWB.
Follow installation instruction carefully again.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder).
Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder).
Install the fax software.
Replace the FAX control PWB (See
page 1-5-48).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Check visually and remedy if necessary.
1-4-8
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Code Contents
0870 FAX control PWB to control PWB high capacity data transfer problem
High-capacity data transfer between the FAX control PWB and the control
PWB of the machine was not normally performed even if the data transfer was retried the specified times.
0920 Fax file system error
The backup data is not retained for file system abnormality of flash memory of the FAX control PWB.
Causes
Improper installation FAX control
PWB.
Defective FAX control PWB or control PWB.
Defective FAX control PWB.
Remarks
Check procedures
/corrective measures
Reinstall the FAX control PWB (See
page 1-5-48).
Replace the FAX control PWB or control
PWB and check for correct operation.
(See page 1-5-48 or 1-5-37).
Replace the FAX control PWB (See
page 1-5-48).
2000 Main motor error
The main motor ready input is not given for 2 s during the main motor is ON.
2610 PF paper feed motor error
(paper feeder)
The PF paper feed motor of cassette
2 ready input is not given for 2 s during the PF paper feed motor is ON.
Defective harness between main motor
(CN1) and control PWB (YC17), or improper connector insertion.
Defective drive transmission system of the main motor.
Defective main motor.
Defective control
PWB.
Defective harness between PF paper feed motor and PF main
PWB (YC4), or improper connector insertion.
Defective PF paper feed motor drive transmission system.
Defective PF main motor.
Defective control
PWB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the
harness (See page 1-5-37).
Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not, grease the bushings and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any.
Replace the main motor (See page 1-5-
49).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder).
Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If not, grease the bushings and gears.
Check for broken gears and replace if any.
Replace the PF main motor.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
1-4-9
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Code Contents
2620 PF paper feed motor error
(Paper feeder)
The PF paper feed motor of cassette
3 ready input is not given for 2 s during the PF paper feed motor is ON.
Causes
Defective harness between PF paper feed motor and PF main
PWB (YC4), or improper connector insertion.
Defective PF paper feed motor drive transmission system.
Defective PF main motor.
Defective control
PWB.
Remarks
Check procedures
/corrective measures
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder).
Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If not, grease the bushings and gears.
Check for broken gears and replace if any.
Replace the PF main motor (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
3100 ISU home position error
Defective FFC between CCD
PWB (YC1) and control PWB
(YC8).
Defective FFC between control
PWB (YC6) and scanner PWB
(YC103), or improper FFC insertion.
Defective home position sensor.
Defective harness between
ISU motor and scanner PWB
(YC104), or improper connector insertion.
Defective ISU motor.
Replace the image scanner unit (ISU)
(See page 1-5-21).
Reinsert the FFC. Also check for continuity within the FFC. If none, remedy or replace the FFC.
Replace the home position sensor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the ISU motor.
1-4-10
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Code
3200 Exposure lamp error
The exposure lamp is not turned on.
3300 AGC error
Contents
After AGC, correct input is not obtained at CCD.
Causes
Defective FFC between scanner PWB
(YC103) and control PWB
(YC6), or improper FFC insertion.
Defective FFC between CCD
PWB (YC1) and control PWB
(YC8).
Defective harness between
CCD PWB (YC3) and LED drive
PWB (YC1), or improper connector insertion.
Defective harness between
LED drive PWB
(YC2) and exposure lamp, or improper connector insertion.
Defective exposure lamp.
Defective LED drive PWB.
Defective control
PWB.
Defective FFC between CCD
PWB (YC1) and control PWB
(YC8).
Defective exposure lamp.
Defective CCD
PWB.
Defective control
PWB.
Remarks
Check procedures
/corrective measures
Reinsert the FFC. Also check for continuity within the FFC. If none, remedy or replace the FFC.
Replace the image scanner unit (ISU)
(See page 1-5-21).
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the exposure lamp (See page
1-5-27).
Replace the LED drive PWB (See page
1-5-27).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Replace the image scanner unit (ISU)
(See page 1-5-21).
Replace the exposure lamp (See page
1-5-27).
Replace the CCD PWB.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
1-4-11
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Code Contents
Causes
3500
4000
CPU — ASIC (CCD PWB) communication error
An error code is detected.
Polygon motor (laser scanner unit) error
The polygon motor ready input is not given for 6 s during the polygon motor is ON.
Defective FFC between CCD
PWB (YC1) and control PWB
(YC8).
Defective CCD
PWB.
Defective control
PWB.
Defective harness between polygon motor and control PWB
(YC10), or improper connector insertion.
Defective laser scanner unit.
Defective control
PWB.
4200
BD error (laser scanner unit) error BD sensor does not detect laser beam due to condensation on the polygon mirror.
Defective laser scanner unit.
Defective control
PWB.
Remarks
Check procedures
/corrective measures
Replace the image scanner unit (ISU)
(See page 1-5-21).
Replace the CCD PWB.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the laser scanner unit (See
page 1-5-17).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Turn machine power off for at least 30 minutes, then turn machine on again. If not cured, replace the laser scanner
unit (See page 1-5-17).
Replace the laser scanner unit (See
page 1-5-17).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
4700 VIDEO ASIC device error
Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs eight times successively.
Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs eight times successively.
Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.
Defective control
PWB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, replace the cable.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
1-4-12
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Code
6000
turned on.
Contents
Broken Fuser heater wire
The fuser temperature does not rise after the Fuser heater has been
6020 Abnormally high fuser thermistor temperature
Fuser thermistor detects abnormally temperature.
When the temperature of a fuser thermistor detects 195 °C or more at the time of heater OFF and 155 °C or more.
6030 Broken fuser thermistor wire
Input from fuser thermistor is 0 (A/D value).
Poor contact in the fuser thermistor connector terminals.
Broken fuser thermistor wire.
Fuser thermistor installed incorrectly.
Fuser thermal cutout triggered.
Fuser heater installed incorrectly.
Broken Fuser heater wire.
Causes
Poor contact in the fuser thermistor connector terminals.
Poor contact in the Fuser heater connector terminals.
Fuser thermistor installed incorrectly.
Fuser thermal cutout triggered.
Fuser heater installed incorrectly.
Broken Fuser heater wire.
Shorted fuser thermistor.
Defective control
PWB.
Remarks
Check procedures
/corrective measures
Reinsert the connector (See page 1-5-
32).
Reinsert the connector (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Reinsert the connector (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
1-4-13
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Code
6400 Zero cross signal error
The zero cross signal does not reach the control PWB for specified time.
7990
Contents
Waste toner full
The waste toner sensor has detected that the waste toner reservoir (drum unit) is full.
Causes
Defective harness between high voltage
PWB (CN202) and control PWB
(YC23), or improper connector insertion.
Defective connection between power source
PWB (YC103) and high voltage
PWB (CN201).
Defective power source PWB.
Defective control
PWB.
Waste toner reservoir (drum unit) is full.
Remarks
Check procedures
/corrective measures
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the
harness (See page 1-5-37).
Reinsert the connector.
Replace the power source PWB (See
page 1-5-40).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
Turn the power switch off/on to restart the machine. If the error is not resolved,
replace the drum unit (See page 1-5-
28).
Replace the waste toner sensor.
Defective waste toner sensor.
Defective control
PWB.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
5-37).
1-4-14
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Code
F000
F020
F050
F186
Control PWB RAM checksum error
Control PWB engine checksum error
Control PWB video data control error
Contents
Control PWB — Operation panel
PWB communication error
F040 Control PWB engine communication error
A communication error is detected.
F041 Control PWB — scanner PWB communication error
A communication error is detected.
Causes
Defective harness between operation panel
PWB (YC1) and control PWB
(YC7), or improper connector insertion.
Defective operation panel PWB.
Defective control
PWB.
Defective main memory (RAM) on the control
PWB.
Defective expanded memory (DIMM).
Defective control
PWB.
Some error may have occurred when downloading the firmware of the control
PWB.
Defective control
PWB.
Defective control
PWB.
5-37).
Remarks
Check procedures
/corrective measures
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the operation panel PWB.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-
Turn the power switch off/on to restart the machine. If the error is not resolved,
replace control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Replace the expanded memory
(DIMM).
Defective control
PWB or scanner
PWB.
Turn the power switch off/on to restart the machine. If the error is not resolved,
replace control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Turn the power switch off/on to restart the machine. If the error is not resolved, replace control PWB or scanner PWB
(See page 1-5-37 or 1-5-47).
Download the firmware of the control
PWB again (See page 1-6-1).
Turn the power switch off/on to restart the machine. If the error is not resolved,
replace control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Turn the power switch off/on to restart the machine. If the error is not resolved,
replace control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
1-4-15
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-4-3 Image formation problems
(1)Completely blank printout.
(2)All-black printout.
(3)Dropouts.
ABC
123
(4)Black dots.
ABC
123
(5)Black horizontal streaks.
ABC
123
See page 1-4-17
See page 1-4-18 See page 1-4-18
See page 1-4-19 See page 1-4-19
(6)Black vertical streaks.
(7)Unsharpness.
(8)Gray background.
ABC
123
See page 1-4-19
See page 1-4-20
ABC
123
See page 1-4-20
(9)Dirt on the top edge or back of the paper.
(10)Undulated printing at the right edge (scanning start position).
ABC
123
See page 1-4-20
This vertical line should be straight.
See page 1-4-21
1-4-16
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(1) Completely blank printout.
Print example Causes
Connection failure with DP connector.
Check procedures/corrective measures
If a blank copy is made because the original loaded in the DP is not fed after the Start key is pressed:
Turn the power switch off, investigate the DP connector connection, and firmly connect the DP connector.
DP
DP connector
Defective drum unit or developer unit.
Open the front cover and check that the drum unit and
developer unit are correctly seated (See page 1-5-28
and 1-5-27).
Investigate that the terminals between the main charger unit and the drum unit are not in loose contact (See
page 1-5-28)
Replace the high voltage PWB (See page 1-5-43).
Defective transfer bias output or developer bias output.
Poor contact of developer bias terminal (spring) and high voltage output terminal B (J401,
J402, J403) on the high voltage
PWB.
Poor contact of transfer bias terminal (spring) and transfer bias terminal T (J201, J202, J203) on the high voltage PWB.
Defective laser scanner unit.
Defective control PWB.
Check the high voltage PWB visually and correct or
replace if necessary (See page 1-5-43).
Replace the laser scanner unit (See page 1-5-17).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
1-4-17
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) All-black printout.
Print example Causes
Defective main charger unit.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Open the front cover and check that the drum unit and
developer unit are correctly seated (See page 1-5-28
and 1-5-27).
Investigate that the terminals between the main charger unit and the drum unit are not in loose contact (See
page 1-5-28)
Check the high voltage PWB visually and correct or
replace if necessary (See page 1-5-43).
Poor contact of main charger terminal (spring) and main charger output terminal M on the high voltage PWB.
Defective main charging output.
Replace the high voltage PWB (See page 1-5-43).
Broken main charger wire.
Replace the main charger unit (See page 1-5-29).
Defective control PWB.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
(3) Dropouts.
Print example
ABC
123
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Defective developer roller
(developer unit).
Defective drum unit.
If the defects occur at regular intervals of 62.8 mm/2
1/2
»
(See page 2-4-3), the problem may be the damaged
developer roller (in the developer unit). Replace the
developer unit (See page 1-5-27).
If the defects occur at regular intervals of 94 mm/3
11/16
»
(See page 2-4-3), the problem may be the damaged
drum (in the drum unit). Replace the drum unit (See
page 1-5-28).
Defective fuser unit (heat roller or press roller).
If the defects occur at regular intervals of 73.162 mm/
2
7/8
«, or 78.5 mm/3
1/16
» (See page 2-4-3), the problem
may be the damaged heat roller or press roller (in the
fuser unit). Replace fuser unit (See page 1-5-32).
Defective paper specifications.
Paper with rugged surface or dump tends to cause dropouts. Replace paper with the one that satisfies the paper specifications.
Defective transfer roller installation.
The transfer roller must be supported by the bushes at the both ends. Clean the bush to remove oil and debris.
Replace the transfer roller if necessary (See page 1-5-
30).
Defective transfer bias output.
Replace the high voltage PWB or control PWB (See
page 1-5-43 or 1-5-37).
1-4-18
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(4) Black dots.
Print example
ABC
123
Causes
Defective drum unit or developer unit.
Check procedures/corrective measures
If the defects occur at regular intervals of 94 mm/3
11/16
»
(See page 2-4-3), the problem may be the damaged
drum (in the drum unit). Replace drum unit (See page 1-
5-28).
If the defects occur at random intervals, the toner may be leaking from the developer unit or drum unit. Replace
the developer unit or drum unit (See page 1-5-27 or 1-5-
28).
(5) Black horizontal streaks.
Print example Causes
Defective drum unit’s ground.
ABC
123
Defective drum unit.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check that the drum shaft and the grounding tab
(machine) are in good contact. Apply the grounding tab a small amount of electroconductive grease as required.
Replace the drum unit (See page 1-5-28).
(6) Black vertical streaks.
Print example
ABC
123
Causes
Adhesion of oxide to main charger wire.
Defective drum unit.
Defective developer roller
(developer unit).
Check procedures/corrective measures
Remove the drum unit (See page 1-5-28). Slide the
charger cleaner (green) left and right 2 or 3 times to clean the charger wire, then return it to its original position (CLEANER HOME POSITION). Refer to the operation guide.
A streak of toner remaining on drum after printing means that the cleaning blade (in the drum unit) is not
working properly. Replace the drum unit (See page 1-5-
28).
Replace the developer unit (See page 1-5-27).
1-4-19
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(7) Unsharpness.
Print example Causes
Defective transfer roller installation.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Defective paper specifications.
Replace paper with the one that satisfies the paper specification.
The transfer roller must be supported by the bushes at the both ends. Clean the bush to remove oil and debris.
Replace the transfer roller if necessary (See page 1-5-
30).
Defective transfer bias output.
EcoPrint mode setting.
Replace the high voltage PWB or control PWB (See
page 1-5-43 or 1-5-37).
The EcoPrint mode can provides faint, unsharp printing because it acts to conserve toner for draft printing purpose. For normal printing, turn the EcoPrint mode off by using the operator panel. For details, refer to the operation guide.
(8) Gray background.
Print example Causes
Print density setting.
ABC
123
Defective potential on the drum surface.
Defective main charger grid.
Defective developer roller
(developer unit).
Check procedures/corrective measures
The print density may be set too high. Try adjusting the print density. For details, refer to the operation guide.
Replace the drum unit (See page 1-5-28).
Clean the main charger grid (See page 1-5-29).
If a developer unit which is known to work normally is available for check, replace the current developer unit in the machine with the normal one. If the symptom disappears, replace the developer unit with a new one (See
page 1-5-27).
(9) Dirt on the top edge or back of the paper.
Print example
ABC
123
Causes
Toner contamination in various parts.
Defective transfer roller.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Dirty edges and back of the paper can be caused by toner accumulated on such parts as the paper chute guide, paper conveying paths, the bottom of the drum and developer unit, and the fuser unit inlet. Clean these areas and parts to remove toner.
If the transfer roller is contaminated with toner, clean the transfer roller using a vacuum cleaner or by continuously printing a low density page until the symptom has faded away.
1-4-20
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(10) Undulated printing at the right edge (scanning start position).
Print example Causes
Defective polygon motor (laser scanner unit).
Defective control PWB.
This vertical line should be straight.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Replace the laser scanner unit (See page 1-5-17).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
1-4-21
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-4-4 Electric problems
Problem
(1)The machine does not operate when the power switch is turned on.
(2)Right cooling fan motor does not operate.
(3)Left cooling fan motor does not operate.
Causes
1. No electricity at the power outlet.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Measure the input voltage.
2. The power cord is not plugged in properly.
Check the contact between the power plug and the outlet.
3. The top cover is not closed completely.
Check the top cover.
4. Broken power cord.
Check for continuity. If none, replace the cord.
5. Defective power switch.
6. Blown fuse in the power source PWB.
7. Defective interlock switch.
8. Defective power source PWB.
9. Defective control
PWB.
1. Broken right cooling fan motor coil.
2. Defective harness between right cooling fan motor and control
PWB (YC27), or improper connector insertion.
Check for continuity across the contacts. If none, replace
the power source PWB (See page 1-5-40).
Check for continuity. If none, remove the cause of blowing
and replace the power source PWB (See page 1-5-40).
Check for continuity across the contacts of interlock switch.
If none, replace the power source PWB (See page 1-5-40).
Replace the power source PWB (See page 1-5-40).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the right cooling fan motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
3. Defective control
PWB.
1. Broken left cooling fan motor coil.
2. Defective harness between left cooling fan motor and control
PWB (YC104), or improper connector insertion.
3. Defective control
PWB.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the left cooling fan motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
1-4-22
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Problem
(4)Registration clutch does not operate.
(5)Paper feed clutch does not operate.
(6)Developer clutch does not operate.
(7)MP paper feed solenoid does not operate.
Causes
1. Broken registration clutch coil.
2. Defective harness between registration clutch and control
PWB (YC20), or improper connector insertion.
3. Defective control
PWB.
1. Broken paper feed clutch coil.
2. Defective harness between paper feed clutch and control
PWB (YC20), or improper connector insertion.
3. Defective control
PWB.
1. Broken developer clutch coil.
2. Defective harness between developer clutch and control
PWB (YC20), or improper connector insertion.
3. Defective control
PWB.
1. Broken MP paper feed solenoid coil.
2. Defective harness between MP paper feed solenoid and control PWB (YC21), or improper connector insertion.
3. Defective control
PWB.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the registration clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper feed clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the developer clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the MP paper feed solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
1-4-23
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Problem
(8)Duplex solenoid does not operate.
(9)Cleaning lamp does not turn on.
(10)Paper indicator is flashing when paper is present in the cassette.
Causes
1. Broken duplex solenoid coil.
2. Defective harness between duplex solenoid and control
PWB (YC29), or improper connector insertion.
3. Defective control
PWB.
1. Defective harness between cleaning lamp (YC701) and control PWB (YC28), or improper connector insertion.
2. Defective cleaning lamp (PWB).
3. Defective control
PWB.
1. Defective paper sensor.
2. Defective harness between paper sensor and control PWB
(YC18), or improper connector insertion.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the duplex solenoid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
Replace the cleaning lamp (PWB).
Replace the control PWB (See page 1-5-37).
Replace the paper sensor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector harness. If none, remedy or replace the harness.
(11)A paper jam in the paper feed/ conveying section or fuser section is indicated when the main power switch is turned on.
(12)Attention indicator is lit when the front cover is closed.
(13)When the trouble occurs in the
DP.
—
1. A piece of paper torn from paper is caught around registration sensor or exit sensor.
2. Defective registration sensor on the high voltage PWB.
3. Defective exit sensor.
1. Defective interlock switch on the power source PWB.
Check and remove if any.
Replace the high voltage PWB (See page 1-5-43).
Replace the exit sensor.
Check for continuity across the interlock switch. If there is no continuity when the interlock switch is on, replace the
power source PWB (See page 1-5-40).
Refer to the DP’s service manual.
1-4-24
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-4-5 Mechanical problems
(1)No primary paper feed.
(3)Skewed paper feed.
(4)Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time.
Problem
(2)No secondary paper feed.
(5)Paper jams.
(6)Toner drops on the paper conveying path.
(7)Abnormal noise is heard.
(8)When the trouble occurs in the DP.
Causes/check procedures
Check if the surfaces of the paper feed roller is dirty with paper powder.
Check if the paper feed roller is deformed.
Corrective measures
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
Check visually and replace any deformed paper feed roller (assembly)
(See page 1-5-6).
Defective paper feed clutch installation.
Check visually and remedy if necessary.
Check if the surfaces of the upper and lower registration rollers are dirty with paper powder.
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
Defective registration clutch installation.
Check visually and remedy if necessary.
Paper width guide in a cassette installed incorrectly.
Check the paper width guide visually and correct or replace if necessary.
Check if the separator pad or MPF separation pad is worn.
Replace the separator pad if it is worn.
Check if the paper is curled. Replace the paper.
Check if the paper is excessively curled.
Replace the paper.
Check visually and remedy if necessary.
Check if the contact between the upper and lower registration rollers is correct.
Check if the heat roller or press roller is extremely dirty or deformed.
Check if the contact between the ejection roller and fuser ejection pulley is correct.
Replace the fuser unit (See page 1-5-
32).
Check visually and remedy if necessary.
Check if the drum unit or developer unit is extremely dirty.
Check if the pulleys, rollers and gears operate smoothly.
Check if the following electromagnetic clutches are installed correctly:
Paper feed clutch, registration clutch and developer clutch.
Clean the drum unit or developer unit
(See page 1-5-28 or 1-5-27).
Grease the bearings and gears.
Check visually and remedy if necessary.
Refer to the DP’s service manual.
1-4-25
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-4-6 Send error code
This section describes the scanning errors and descriptions, preventive actions, as well as corrective actions.
Error codes not described here could fall within software errors.
If such an error is encountered, turn power off then on, and advise the service representative.
(1) Scan to SMB error codes
Code Contents
1101 Host destined does not exist on the network.
1102 Login to the host has failed.
1103 Destined host, folder, and/or file names are invalid.
1105
2101
2201
SMB protocol is not enabled.
Login to the host has failed.
Writing scanned data has failed.
2203 No response from the host during a certain period of time.
Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Confirm the destined host.
2. Confirm thedevice’s network parameters.
3. Confirm the parameters of the network to which the device is connected are correct.
1. Confirm user name and password.
2. Confirm the parameters of the network to which the device is connected are correct.
3. Check the host if the folder is properly shared.
1. Check illegal characters are not contained within these names.
2. Check the name of the folder and files conform with the naming syntax.
3. Confirm destined host and folder.
1. Confirm device’s SMB protocols.
1. Confirm the destined host.
2. Confirm that the LAN cable is properly connected to the device.
3. Check the SMB port number.
4. Confirm the device’s network parameters.
5. Confirm the parameters of the network to which the device is connected are correct.
1. Check the file name to save the scanned data.
2. Confirm the device’s network parameters.
3. Confirm the parameters of the network to which the device is connected are correct.
1. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
2. Confirm that the LAN cable is properly connected to the device.
1-4-26
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Scan to FTP error codes
Code Contents
1101 FTP server does not exist on the network.
1102
1103
Login to the FTP server has failed.
Destined folder is invalid.
1105 FTP protocol is not enabled.
1131 Initializing TLS has failed.
1132
2101
2102
TLS negotiation has failed.
Access to the FTP server has failed.
Access to the FTP server has failed.
(Connection timeout)
2103
The server cannot establish communication.
2201
2202
2203
Connection with the FTP server has failed.
Connection with the FTP server has failed.
(Timeout)
No response from the server during a certain period of time.
Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Check the FTP server name.
2. Confirm device’s network parameters.
3. Confirm the parameters of the network to which the device is connected are correct.
1. Confirm user name and password.
2. Check the FTP server name.
1. Check that the illegal characters are not contained within these names.
2. Check the FTP server name.
1. Confirm device’s FTP protocols.
1. Confirm device’s security parameters.
1. Confirm device’s security parameters.
2. Check the FTP server name.
1. Check the FTP server name.
2. Confirm that the LAN cable is properly connected to the device.
3. Check the FTP port number.
4. Confirm device’s network parameters.
5. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
6. Check the FTP server name.
1. Check the FTP server name.
2. Check the FTP port number.
3. Confirm device’s network parameters.
4. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
5. Check the FTP server name.
1. Check the FTP server name.
2. Check the FTP port number.
3. Confirm device’s network parameters.
4. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
5. Check the FTP server name.
1. Confirm device’s network parameters.
2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
3. Confirm destined folder.
4. Check the FTP server name.
1. Confirm device’s network parameters.
2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
1. Confirm device’s network parameters.
2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
1-4-27
Code Contents
2231 Connection with the FTP server has failed.
(FTPS communication)
3101 FTP server responded with an error.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Confirm device’s network parameters.
2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
1. Confirm device’s network parameters.
2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
3. Check the FTP server.
1-4-28
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Scan to E-mail error codes
Code Contents
1101 SMTP/POP3 server does not exist on the network.
1102 Login to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed.
1104 The domain the destined address belongs is prohibited by scanning restriction.
1105
1106
2101
2102
2103
SMTP protocol is not enabled.
Sender’s address is not specified.
Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed.
Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed.
(Connection timeout)
The server cannot establish communication.
Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Check the SMTP/POP3 server name.
2. Confirm device’s network parameters.
3. Confirm the parameters of the network to which the device is connected are correct.
1. Confirm user name and password.
2. Check the SMTP/POP3 server.
1. Confirm device’s SMTP parameters.
1. Confirm device’s SMTP protocols.
1. Confirm device’s SMTP protocols.
1. Check the SMTP/POP3 server name.
2. Confirm that the LAN cable is properly connected to the device.
3. Check the SMTP/POP3 port number.
4. Confirm device’s network parameters.
5. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
6. Check the SMTP/POP3 server.
1. Check the SMTP/POP3 server name.
2. Check the SMTP/POP3 port number.
3. Confirm device’s network parameters.
4. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
5. Check the SMTP/POP3 server.
1. Check the SMTP/POP3 server name.
2. Check the SMTP/POP3 port number.
3. Confirm device’s network parameters.
4. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
5. Check the SMTP/POP3 server.
2201 Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed.
2202 Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed.
(Timeout)
1. Confirm device’s network parameters.
2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
1. Confirm device’s network parameters.
2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
2204 The size of scanning exceeded its limit.
1. Confirm device’s network parameters.
3101 SMTP/POP3 server responded with an error.
1. Confirm device’s network parameters.
2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.
3. Check the SMTP/POP3 server.
3201 No SMTP authentication is found.
1. Check the SMTP server.
2. The device supports SMTP authentication services including CRAM-MD5, DIGEST-MD5, PLAIN and
LOGIN.
1-4-29
Code Contents
4803 Failed to establish the SSL session.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Verify the self certificate of the device.
2. Check the server certificate of the SMTP/POP3 server.
3. Check the SMTP/POP3 configuration of the device and the SMTP/POP3 server.
1-4-30
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-4-7 Error codes
(1) Error code
Error codes are listed on the communication reports, activity report, etc. The codes consist of an error code indication U followed by a 5-digit number. (Error codes for V34 communication errors start with an E indication, followed by five digits.)
The upper three of the five digits indicate general classification of the error and its cause, while the lower two indicate the detailed classification. Items for which detailed classification is not necessary have 00 as the last two digits.
Error code
U X X X X X
Detailed classification of error code
General classification of error code
Error code indication
Figure 1-4-4
1-4-31
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Table of general classification
Error code
U00000
U00100
U00200
U00300
U004XX
U00500
U006XX
U00700
U008XX
U009XX
U010XX
U011XX
U01400
U01500
U01600
U017XX
U018XX
U02000
U02100
U02200
U023XX
U02400
U03000
U03100
U03200
Description
No response or busy after the set number of redials.
Transmission was interrupted by a press of the stop/clear key.
Reception was interrupted by a press of the stop/clear key.
Recording paper on the destination unit has run out during transmission.
A connection was made but interrupted during handshake with the receiver unit (See
page 1-4-35 ).
Multiple communication was interrupted and call was not made on destination units after interruption.
Communication was interrupted because of a machine problem (See page 1-4-36 ).
Communication was interrupted because of a problem in the destination unit.
A page transmission error occurred in G3 mode (See page 1-4-36 ).
A page reception error occurred in G3 mode (See page 1-4-36 ).
Transmission in G3 mode was interrupted by a signal error (See page 1-4-37 ).
Reception in G3 mode was interrupted by a signal error (See page 1-4-39 ).
An invalid one-touch key was specified during communication.
A communication error occurred when calling in V.8 mode.
A communication error occurred when called in V.8 mode.
A communication error occurred before starting T.30 protocol during transmission in V.34
mode (See page 1-4-40 ).
A communication error occurred before starting T.30 protocol during reception in V.34
mode (See page 1-4-41 ).
Relay broadcast was refused by a relay station because of a mismatch in permit ID number and permit telephone number when a relay command was issued.
A relay command failed because the destination unit (relay station) had no relay broadcast capability.
A relay command from a command station failed because a telephone number that was not registered in the relay station was specified. Or, relay broadcast was requested to a relay station but failed because a telephone number that was not registered in the relay station was specified. Or, Subaddress-based relay broadcast transmission failed because the data registered in the Subaddress relay box was deleted.
Receiving station information was not normally received in reception of a relay command
(See page 1-4-41 ).
An interoffice subaddress-based relay transmission was interrupted because of a mismatch in the specified relay box number.
No document was present in the destination unit when polling reception started.
In reverse polling, although no original was set in the destination unit, transmission was complete.
In confidential polling reception, data was not accumulated in the specified box in the destination unit. Or, in interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception, data was not stored in the box specified by the destination unit.
1-4-32
U04200
U04300
U044XX
U04500
U05000
U05100
U05200
Error code
U03300
U03400
U03500
U03600
U03700
U04000
U04100
U05300
U09000
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
In polling reception from a unit of our make, operation was interrupted due to a mismatch in permit ID or telephone number. Or, in interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception, operation was interrupted due to a mismatch in permit ID or telephone number.
Polling reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in individual numbers (destination unit is either of our make or by another manufacturer).
In confidential polling reception, the specified confidential box No. was not registered in the destination. Or, in interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception, the specified Subaddress confidential box number was not registered in the destination unit. Or, the destination was being accessed.
Confidential polling reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in specified confidential box No. Or, an interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in the specified subaddress confidential box number.
Confidential polling reception failed because the destination unit had no confidential polling transmission capability or data was not accumulated in any box in the destination unit. Or, interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception failed because the destination unit had no subaddress-based bulletin board transmission capability, or data was not stored in any subaddress confidential box in the destination unit.
The confidential box specified for confidential transmission was not registered in the destination unit. Or, in interoffice subaddress-based transmission mode, the specified subaddress box number was not registered in the destination unit. Or, the destination was being accessed.
Confidential transmission failed because the destination unit had no confidential capability. Or, subaddress-based transmission failed because the destination unit had no subaddress-based reception capability.
In encrypted transmission, the specified encryption box was not registered in the destination unit.
Encrypted transmission failed because the destination unit had no encrypted communication capability.
Communication was interrupted because of an encryption key error during encrypted
transmission (See page 1-4-41 ).
Encrypted reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in encryption keys.
In transmission with a specified number, the set number of originals was different from the number of transmitted originals.
Password check transmission or restricted transmission was interrupted because the permit ID’s did not agree with.
Password check reception or restricted reception was interrupted because the permit
ID’s did not match, the rejected FAX number’s did match, or the destination receiver did not return its phone number.
The password check reception or the restricted reception was interrupted because the permitted numbers did not match, the rejected numbers did match, or the machine in question did not acknowledge its phone number.
G3 communication was attempted but failed because the destination unit was a G2 machine.
1-4-33
Error code
U12000
U12100
U14000
U14100
U19000
U19100
U19200
U19300
U19400
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
Relay broadcast was requested from a command station but memory overflowed during reception. Or, in subaddress-based relay reception, memory overflowed.
Relay was commanded but memory overflowed in the destination unit (relay station).
Memory overflowed during confidential reception. Or, in subaddress-based confidential reception, memory overflowed.
Memory overflowed in the destination unit during confidential transmission. Or, in interoffice subaddress-based transmission, memory overflowed in the destination unit.
Memory overflowed during memory reception.
Memory overflowed in the destination unit during transmission.
Memory transmission failed because a decoding error occurred.
Transmission failed because an error occurred during JBIG encoding.
Reception failed because an error occurred during JBIG decoding.
1-4-34
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2-1) U004XX error code table: Interrupted phase B
Error code
U00420
U00421
U00430
U00431
U00432
U00433
U00434
U00435
U00440
U00441
U00450
U00460
U00462
Description
A relay request was received from the host center but interrupted because of a mismatch in permit ID or telephone number.
Subaddress-based relay reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in the specified subaddress relay box number.
Polling request (confidential or reverse) was received but interrupted because of a mismatch in permit number. Or, subaddress-based bulletin board transmission request was received but interrupted because of a mismatch in permit ID in the transmitting unit.
Confidential polling transmission was interrupted because the specified confidential box
No. was not registered. Or, an subaddress-based bulletin board transmission was interrupted because the specified subaddress confidential box was not registered.
Confidential polling transmission was interrupted because of a mismatch in confidential box ID number. Or, an subaddress-based bulletin board transmission was interrupted because of a mismatch in Subaddress confidential box numbers.
Confidential polling request was received but data was not present in the confidential box. Or, subaddress-based bulletin board transmission request was received but data was not present in the subaddress confidential box.
Confidential polling request was received but interrupted because the specified confidential box No. was intended for encryption.
Confidential polling request was received but interrupted because the specified confidential box was being accessed. Or, subaddress-based bulletin board transmission request was received but interrupted because the specified subaddress confidential box was being accessed.
Confidential reception was interrupted because the specified confidential box No. was not registered. Or, subaddress-based confidential reception or subaddress-based relay reception was interrupted because the specified subaddress box was not registered. Or, subaddress based confidential reception or subaddress relay command reception was interrupted because the specified subaddress box No. was being accessed.
Confidential reception was interrupted because the specified confidential box No. was intended for encryption.
The destination transmitter disconnected because the permit ID’s did not agree with while the destination transmitter is in password-check transmission or restricted transmission.
Encrypted reception was interrupted because the specified encryption box number was not registered. Or, encrypted reception request was received but interrupted because the specified encryption box was being accessed.
Encrypted reception was interrupted because the encryption key for the specified encryption box was not registered.
1-4-35
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2-2) U006XX error code table: Problems with the unit
Error code
U00600
U00601
U00602
U00603
U00604
U00610
U00611
U00613
U00614
U00615
U00620
U00622
U00655
U00656
U00670
U00677
U00690
Description
The document processor cover is open.
Document jam or the document length exceeds the maximum.
Image scanning section problem.
No document feed.
Document length exceeded the limit of the bitmap memory capacity.
Recording section cover is open.
Recording paper JAM
Image writing section problem
Nearly empty of recording paper
Empty of recording paper
Copier fixing unit problem
Copier drive motor problem
CTS was not activated after RTS due to a modem error.
Data was not transmitted after CTS was activated due to a modem error.
Power was cut off during communication.
There was no file to transmit in the memory transmission mode.
System error.
(2-3) U008XX error code table: Page transmission error
Error code
U00800
U00810
Description
A page transmission error occurred because of reception of a RTN or PIN signal.
A page transmission error reoccurred after retry of transmission in the ECM mode.
(2-4) U009XX error code table: Page reception error
Error code
U00900
U00910
Description
An RTN or PIN signal was transmitted because of a page reception error.
A page reception error remained after retry of transmission in the ECM mode.
1-4-36
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2-5) U010XX error code table: G3 transmission
Error code
U01000
U01001
U01010
U01011
U01012
U01013
U01014
U01015
U01016
U01017
U01018
U01019
U01020
U01021
U01022
U01023
U01024
U01025
U01026
U01027
U01028
Description
An FTT signal was received for a set number of times after TCF signal transmission at
2400 bps. Or, an RTN signal was received in response to a Q signal (excluding EOP) after transmission at 2400 bps.
Function of the unit differs from that indicated by a DIS signal.
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a DNL (MPS or EOM) signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (between units of our make).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a DCS, TCF signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded.
No relevant signal was received after transmission of an NSS1, NSS2 (TCF) signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (between units of our make).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of an NSS3, TCF signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (between units of our make).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of an MPS signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded.
No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOM signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded.
An MCF signal was received but no DIS signal was received after transmission of an
EOM signal, and T1 timeout was detected.
No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOP signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded.
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PRI-EOP signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded.
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a CNC signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (between units of our make).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a CTC signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOR.Q signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of an RR signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PSS.NULL signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PSS.MPS signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOM signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOP signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM).
No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.PRI-EOP signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM).
T5 time-out was detected during ECM transmission (ECM).
1-4-37
Error code
U01040
U01041
U01042
U01043
U01044
U01045
U01046
U01047
U01048
U01049
U01050
U01051
U01052
U01053
U01054
U01055
U01056
U01057
U01070
U01071
U01072
U01073
U01080
U01091
U01092
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received during standby for DIS signal reception.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DNL (MPS or EOM) signal (between units of our make).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DCS, TCF signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an NSS1, NSS2 (TCF) signal (between units of our make).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an NSS3, TCF signal (between units of our make).
A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received after transmission of an MPS signal.
A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received after transmission of an EOM signal.
A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received after transmission of an EOP signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PRI-EOP signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CNC signal (between units of our make).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CTC signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an EOR.Q signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RR signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.NULL signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.MPS signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOM signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOP signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.PRI-EOP signal (ECM).
Polarity reversal was detected during handshake.
Polarity reversal was detected during message transmission.
A break in loop current was detected during transmission.
During reverse polling in V.34 mode at the receiver unit, a CM signal was not detected when transmitting after reception.
A PIP signal was received after transmission of a PPS.NULL signal.
During transmission in V.34 mode, communication was interrupted because a PPR signal was received over 10 times even after reducing the communication speed to the minimum with the symbol speed maintained at the level of connection.
During transmission in V.34 mode, communication was interrupted because of an impossible combination of the symbol speed and communication speed.
1-4-38
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
U01125
U01126
U01127
U01128
U01129
U01140
U01141
U01142
U01143
U01144
U01145
U01146
U01117
U01118
U01119
U01120
U01121
U01122
U01123
U01124
U01102
U01110
U01111
U01112
U01113
U01114
U01115
U01116
(2-6) U011XX error code table: G3 reception
Error code
U01100
U01101
U01147
U01148
U01149
U01150
U01151
Description
Function of the unit differs from that indicated by a DCS signal.
Function of the unit (excl. communication mode select) differs from that indicated by an
NSS signal.
A DTC (NSC) signal was received when no transmission data was in the unit.
No response after transmission of a DIS signal.
No response after transmission of a DTC (NSC) signal.
No training reception after reception of a DCS or NSS signal.
No response after transmission of an FTT signal.
No message reception after transmission of a CFR signal.
No message reception after transmission of an MCF signal.
No message reception after transmission of a PPR signal.
No message reception after transmission of a CTR signal.
No message reception after transmission of an ERR signal.
No further signals were received after reception of a message.
No response after transmission of an MCF signal.
No response after transmission of an RTP signal.
No response after transmission of an RTN signal.
No response after transmission of a PIP signal.
No response after transmission of a PIN signal.
No response after transmission of a CNS signal (between units of our make).
No response after transmission of a PPR signal (ECM).
No response after transmission of an ERR signal (ECM).
No response after transmission of an RNR signal (ECM).
No response after transmission of an SPA signal (short protocol).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DIS signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DTC signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DCS or NSS signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an FTT signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CFR signal.
A DCN signal was received after reception of a message.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an MCF signal (interoffice communication after reception of an MPS, EOM signal or confidential interoffice communication).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RTP signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RTN signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PIP signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PIN signal.
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPR signal (ECM).
1-4-39
Error code
U01152
U01153
U01154
U01155
U01160
U01161
U01162
U01163
U01164
U01170
U01172
U01191
U01199
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CTR signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an ERR signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RNR signal (ECM).
A DCN signal was received after transmission of an SPA signal (short protocol).
During message reception, transmission time exceeded the maximum transmission time per line.
Number of error lines exceeded limits during message reception.
A break in loop current was detected during message reception.
Polarity reversal was detected during message reception.
One page length exceeded the specified length during message reception.
A decoding error occurred during MMR message reception.
During reverse polling in V.34 mode at the transmitting unit, a JM signal was not detected after transmission of a CM signal when receiving after transmission.
Communication was interrupted because an error occurred during an image data reception sequence in the V.34 mode.
A DIS signal with different FIF was received after transmission of a DIS signal.
(2-7) U017XX error code table: V.34 transmission
Error code
U01700
U01720
U01721
Description
A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing).
A communication error occurred in phase 4 (modem parameter exchange).
Operation was interrupted due to the absence of a common communication speed between units.
U01700: A communication error that occurs at the transmitting unit in the period after transmission of INFO0 before entering phase 3 (primary channel equivalent device training). For example, INFO0/A/Abar (B/Bbar, for polling transmission)/INFOh was not detected.
U01720: A communication error that occurs at the transmitting unit in the period after initiating the control channel before entering the T.30 process. For example, PPh/ALT/MPh/E was not detected.
U01721: In the absence of a common communication speed between units (including when an impossible combination of communication speed and symbol speed occurs) after MPh exchange; 1) a DCN signal was received from the destination unit, and the line was cut; or 2) a DIS (NSF, CSI) signal was received from the destination unit and, in response to the signal, the unit transmitted a DCN signal, and the line was cut.
1-4-40
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2-8) U018XX error code table: V.34 reception
Error code
U01800
U01810
U01820
U01821
Description
A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing).
A communication error occurred in phase 3 (primary channel equivalent device training).
A communication error occurred in phase 4 (modem parameter exchange).
Operation was interrupted due to the absence of a common communication speed between units.
U01800: A communication error that occurs at the receiver unit in the period after transmission of INFO0 before entering phase 3 (primary channel equivalent device training). For example, INFO0/B/Bbar (A/Abar, for polling reception)/probing tone was not detected.
U01810: A communication error that occurs at the receiver unit in phase 3 (primary channel equivalent device training).
For example, S/Sbar/PP/TRN was not detected.
U01820: A communication error that occurs at the receiver unit in the period after initiating the control channel before entering the T.30 process. For example, PPh/ALT/MPh/E was not detected.
U01821: In the absence of a common communication speed between units (including when an impossible combination of communication speed and symbol speed occurs) after MPh exchange, a DCN signal was transmitted to the destination unit and the line was cut.
(2-9) U023XX error code table: Relay command abnormal reception
Error code
U02303
U02304
Description
Timeout was detected before a correct DNL signal was received.
A signal other than MPS or EOM signal was received after a DNL signal was received.
(2-10) U044XX error code table: Encrypted transmission
Error code
U04400
U04401
Description
Encrypted transmission was interrupted because encryption keys did not agree.
Calling failed during encrypted transmission because the encryption key was not registered.
1-4-41
This page is intentionally left blank.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-4-42
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-5 Assembly and Disassembly
1-5-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly
(1) Precautions
Before starting disassembly, press the Power key on the operation panel to off. Make sure that the Power lamp is off before turning off the power switch. Unplug the power cable from the wall outlet.
When the fax kit is installed, be sure to disconnect the modular code before starting disassembly.
When handling PWBs (printed wiring boards), do not touch parts with bare hands.
The PWBs are susceptible to static charge.
Do not touch any PWB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static charge.
When removing the hook of the connector, be sure to release the hook.
Take care not to get the cables caught.
To reassemble the parts, use the original screws. If the types and the sizes of screws are not known, refer to the PARTS LIST.
(2) Drum unit
Note the following when handling or storing the drum unit.
When removing the drum unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct light.
Do not leave it for a long time even if it is weak light such as fluorescent lamps.
Keep the drum unit at an ambient temperature between -20°C/-4°F and 40°C/104°F and at a relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and humidity.
Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum unit.
Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained with oil, clean it.
(3) Toner
Store the toner container in a cool, dark place.
Avoid direct light and high humidity.
1-5-1
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(4) How to tell a genuine Kyocera toner container
As a means of brand protection, the Kyocera toner container utilizes an optical security technology to enable visual validation. A validation viewer is required to accomplish this.
Hold the validation viewer over the left side part of the brand protection seal on the toner container. Through each window of the validation viewer, the left side part of the seal should be seen as follows:
A black-colored band when seen through the left side window ( )
A shiny or gold-colored band when seen through the right side window ( )
The above will reveal that the toner container is a genuine Kyocera branded toner container, otherwise, it is a counterfeit.
See through the left window
( marking)
Validation viewer
See through the right window
( marking)
Validation viewer
Brand protection seal
Brand protection seal
A black-colored band when seen through the left side window
A shiny or gold-colored band when seen through the right side window
Figure 1-5-1
The brand protection seal has an incision as shown below to prohibit reuse.
Incision
Cut
Figure 1-5-2
1-5-2
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-5-2 Outer covers
(1) Detaching and refitting the left cover and right cover
Procedure
1. Remove the screw.
2. Unhook four hooks and then remove the rear upper cover.
Hook
Rear upper cover
Hook
Hook
Hook
Figure 1-5-3
Screw
Rear upper cover
3. Remove the cassette
(See page 1-5-6).
4. Open the front cover.
5. Unhook the hook and then remove the controller box cover.
Hook
Rear cover
Controller box cover
Figure 1-5-4
1-5-3
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
6. Unhook seven hooks and then remove the right cover.
Hook
Hook
Hook
Hook
Right cover
Hook
Hook
Hook
Right cover
Right cover
Figure 1-5-5
1-5-4
7. Unhook six hooks and then remove the left cover.
Hook
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Hook
Hook
Hook
Hook
Left cover
Hook
Left cover
1-5-5
Left cover
Figure 1-5-6
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-5-3 Paper feed section
(1) Detaching and refitting the paper feed assembly (paper feed roller and pickup roller)
Procedure
1. Remove the cassette.
2. Slide the feed shaft.
3. While pressing the lever and then remove the paper feed roller assembly.
Figure 1-5-7
Cassette
Feed shaft
1-5-6
Lever
Paper feed roller assembly
Figure 1-5-8
4. Check or replace the paper feed assembly and refit all the removed parts.
When refitting the paper feed roller assembly, be sure to align the paper feed roller pivot with the slotted hole on the feed shaft.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Paper feed roller assembly
Feed shaft
Pivot
Paper feed roller assembly
Feed shaft
Slotted hole
Figure 1-5-9
1-5-7
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Detaching and refitting the retard roller assembly
Procedure
1. Remove the cassette (See page 1-5-6).
2. Push the bottom plate down until it locks.
3. Unhook two hooks and then remove the retard guide.
Retard guide
Cassestte
Hook
Hook
Bottom plate
4. Remove the retard roller assembly.
Cassette
Retard guide
Hook
Hook
Figure 1-5-10
1-5-8
Retard roller
Assembly
Figure 1-5-11
5. Check or replace the retard roller assembly and refit all the removed parts.
Caution: Before refitting the retard roller assembly, firmly install the spring onto the projection of the retard roller assembly.
Retard roller assembly
Projection
Spring
Figure 1-5-12
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-5-9
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Detaching and refitting the MP paper feed roller
Procedure
1. Open the front cover.
2. Pull the MP feed holder (lever) down. :1
3. Slide the MP feed holder. :2
4. Remove the MP paper feed roller. :3
1-5-10
MP paper feed roller
MP feed holder
MP paper feed roller
(Lever)
1
2
Front cover
3
Figure 1-5-13
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
5. Check or replace the MP paper feed roller and refit all the removed parts.
When refitting the MP paper feed roller, be sure to align the paper feed roller pivot with the slotted hole on the MPF feed shaft.
When refitting the MP paper feed roller, be sure to align the MPF feed shaft pivot with the slotted hole on the MP paper feed roller.
Slotted hole
Pivot
MPF feed shaft
MP paper feed roller
Figure 1-5-14
1-5-11
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(4) Note on removing and Installing the upper registration roller and lower registration roller
When reinstalling the upper registration roller or lower registration roller, be sure to use a new registration L spring and registration R spring. Otherwise, paper feeding may be deteriorated due to the spring hooks possibly being distorted during the spring is unhooked.
Registration
R spring
(New)
Registration
L spring
(New)
Upper registration roller
Lower registration roller
Figure 1-5-15
1-5-12
1-5-4 Optical section
(1) Detaching and refitting the DP
Procedure
1. Pull the DP out.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
DP
Figure 1-5-16
1-5-13
(2) Detaching and refitting the scanner unit
Procedure
1. Remove the DP (See page 1-5-13).
2. Remove the left cover and right cover
(See page 1-5-3).
3. Remove the FFC and connector from the control PWB.
4. Remove three connectors from the scanner PWB.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Control PWB
FFC
YC8 YC7
Connector
Control PWB
Scanner PWB
Scanner PWB
YC104
Connector
YC108
Connector
Connector
YC105
Figure 1-5-17
1-5-14
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
5. Release three clamps and then remove the wires.
Clamp
Wires
Clamp
Clamp
Wires
Figure 1-5-18
6. Remove two screws.
1-5-15
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Figure 1-5-19
7. Unhook four hooks and then remove the scanner unit.
Hooks
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Scanner unit
Hooks
Figure 1-5-20
1-5-16
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit (LSU)
Procedure
1. Remove the scanner unit (See page 1-
5-14).
2. Remove the screw and then remove the grounding terminal.
3. Remove three connectors from the control PWB.
YC32
YC10
Control PWB
Connectors
Connector
YC3
Control PWB
Connector
(YC3)
Grounding terminal
Screw
Connector
(YC32)
Connector
(YC10)
Figure 1-5-21
1-5-17
4. Remove the wires from three clamps.
5. Remove the connector from the power source PWB.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Clamp
Clamps
Power source
PWB
Connector
YC106
Power source
PWB
6. Unhook four hooks and then remove the frame left duct.
7. Remove the wires from the clamp.
Frame left duct
Figure 1-5-22
Hook
Hook
Clamp
Wires
Hook
Figure 1-5-23
Hook
Frame left duct
1-5-18
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
8. Release the hook and then remove the top cover rack-L from the top cover.
Top cover
Top cover rack-L
9. Remove four screws from the top cover.
Top cover rack-L
Hook
Top cover
Figure 1-5-24
Top cover
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Figure 1-5-25
1-5-19
10. Unhook two hooks and then remove the top cover.
Hook
Top cover
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Hook
Figure 1-5-26
11. Release the clamp and then pull out the wires.
12. Remove four screws and then remove the laser scanner unit (LSU).
13. Check or replace the laser scanner unit
(LSU) and refit all the removed parts.
Laser scanner unit
Screws
Screws
Wires
Clamp
1-5-20
Figure 1-5-27
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(4) Replacing the image scanner unit (ISU)
Procedure
Removing the image scanner unit (ISU)
1. Remove the DP (See page 1-5-13).
2. Unhook two hooks by using a flat screwdriver from the pits.
3. Remove the connector and then remove the operation panel.
Operation panel
Connector
Pit
Hook
Operation panel
Pit
4. Remove two screws.
5. Unhook three hooks and then remove the ISU upper frame.
Hook
ISU upper frame
Figure 1-5-28
Screw
Screw
Hooks
1-5-21
Figure 1-5-29
ISU shaft
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
6. Move the image scanner unit (ISU) in the middle of the ISU shaft.
7. Detach the ISU shaft from the holder by lifting it.
8. Pull the ISU shaft out from the ISU.
ISU shaft
Holder
Image scanner unit
(ISU)
ISU shaft
9. Remove the ISU belt from the tension pulley and ISU gear 63/32.
10. Remove the ISU belt from the hooks of the ISU.
Hook
Hook
ISU belt
Figure 1-5-30
ISU belt
Image scanner unit
(ISU)
ISU belt
ISU belt
ISU gear 63/32
Figure 1-5-31
Tension pulley
1-5-22
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
11. Remove the FFC center stopper.
FFC center stopper
12. Remove the FFC from the FFC tape D.
13. Remove the ferrite core from the pit.
14. Remove the FFC from the FFC tape A.
Figure 1-5-32
Ferrite core
FFC
FFC tape A
Pit
FFC tape D
Figure 1-5-33
1-5-23
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
15. Fold the end of the FFC and then pull the FFC out from the ISU lower frame.
16. Remove the FFC tape D and A from the
ISU lower frame.
17. Clean the adhesive residue of the FFC tape D and A.
ISU lower frame
FFC
FFC tape A
FFC tape D
18. Remove the ferrite core from the FFC.
Figure 1-5-34
Ferrite core
ISU lower frame
FFC
1-5-24
FFC
Figure 1-5-35
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Installing the image scanner unit (ISU)
1. Peel off the protective seal on one side from the FFC tape D.
2. Stick the FFC tape D on the ISU lower frame, aligned with the marking of the frame.
(Sticking standards: See right figure)
3. Peel off the protective seal on the other side of the FFC tape A.
4. Stick the FFC tape A on the ISU lower frame.
(At the right for how to correctly sick the tape in position, see the figure.)
FFC tape A
FFC tape D
Marking
ISU lower frame
Pit
FFC tape A a: 0 to 1 mm a
FFC tape D
Marking a a
Pit
Figure 1-5-36
5. Fix the ferrite core onto the FFC.
Ferrite core
FFC
Figure 1-5-37
1-5-25
6. Peel off the protective seal from the
FFC tape D.
7. Align the line marking on the FFC with the rib on the ISU lower frame, then fix the FFC to the FFC tape D.
8. Install the ferrite core in the pit.
9. Peel off the released paper from the
FFC tape A.
10. Stick the FFC on the FFC tape A.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
FFC
Ferrite core
Line
FFC tape A
Pit
ISU lower frame
FFC tape D
FFC
Line
Ferrite core
Pit
RIb
Figure 1-5-38
11. Thread an end of the FFC through the
ISU lower frame.
12. Refer to the step 11 to 1 and refit all the removed parts.
NOTE:
When the replacing the image scanner unit (ISU), perform following maintenance modes.
1. U425 Setting the target (see page 1-3-
22)
2. U411 Adjusting the scanner automati-
cally (see page 1-3-19)
FFC
ISU lower frame
Figure 1-5-39
1-5-26
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-5-5 Developer section
(1) Detaching and refitting the developer unit
Procedure
1. Open the front cover.
2. Remove the developer unit.
3. Check or replace the developer unit and refit all the removed parts.
NOTE:
When the periodic maintenance
(replacing the maintenance kit, see
page 2-4-4), perform following mainte-
nance modes.
1. U251 Clearing the maintenance count
(see page 1-3-15)
Figure 1-5-40
Developer unit
Front cover
1-5-27
1-5-6 Drum section
(1) Detaching and refitting the drum unit
Procedure
1. Remove the developer unit (See page
1-5-27).
2. Remove the drum unit.
3. Check or replace the drum unit and refit all the removed parts.
NOTE:
When the periodic maintenance
(replacing the maintenance kit, see
page 2-4-4), perform following mainte-
nance modes.
1. U251 Clearing the maintenance count
(see page 1-3-15)
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Drum unit
Figure 1-5-41
1-5-28
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Detaching and refitting the main charger unit
Procedure
1. Remove the developer unit (See page
1-5-27).
2. Remove the drum unit (See page 1-5-
28).
3. Remove the tape.
4. While pushing on the main plate 1, slide the main charger unit 2.
Tape
Main charger unit
Drum unit
2
Main charger unit
Main plate
1
5. Remove the main charger unit by lifting it.
6. Check or replace the main charger unit and refit all the removed parts.
Figure 1-5-42
Main charger unit
1-5-29
Figure 1-5-43
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-5-7 Transfer/separation section
(1) Detaching and refitting the transfer roller
Procedure
1. Remove the developer unit (See page
1-5-27).
2. Remove the drum unit (See page 1-5-
28).
3. Slide the paper chute guide and unhook the hooks.
4. Remove the paper chute guide.
Paper chute guide
1-5-30
Hook
Paper chute guide
Hook
Hook
Hook
Figure 1-5-44
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
5. Remove the transfer roller’s shaft from the both transfer bushes.
6. Remove the gear Z16 from the transfer roller.
Shaft
Transfer roller
Shaft
Transfer bush
Transfer bush
Transfer roller
7. Check or replace the transfer roller and refit all the removed parts.
Caution: When refitting the transfer roller, be careful about following point.
Push the release lever to raise the lever end, then insert the front of gear Z16 under the release lever end.
Gear Z16
Gear Z16
Figure 1-5-45
Release lever
Transfer bush
Transfer roller
Transfer bush
Figure 1-5-46
1-5-31
1-5-8 Fuser section
(1) Detaching and refitting the fuser unit
Procedure
1. Remove the left cover and right cover
(See page 1-5-3).
2. Remove the wires from three clamps.
3. Remove the connector from the power source PWB.
Clamp
Clamps
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Power source
PWB
YC105
Connctor
4. Unhook four hooks and then remove the frame left duct.
5. Remove the wires from the clamp.
Frame left duct
Figure 1-5-47
Hook
Power source
PWB
Hook
Clamp
Wires
Hook
Figure 1-5-48
Hook
Frame left duct
1-5-32
6. Remove the connector from the power source PWB.
YC102 Connector
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Power source PWB
Connector
7. Remove the connector from the control
PWB.
Figure 1-5-49
Connector
Control PWB
Figure 1-5-50
1-5-33
8. Remove the rear cover.
9. Remove two screws and then remove the fuser unit.
Rear cover
Figure 1-5-51
Screw
Fuser unit
Screw
Figure 1-5-52
1-5-34
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
10. Check or replace the fuser unit and refit all the removed parts.
Caution: When reinstalling the fuser unit, tighten up a screw while pressing the fuser unit in order of 1 to 2.
Screw
2
Fuser unit
1-5-35
Figure 1-5-53
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Fuser unit
1
Screw
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Switching the fuser pressure
The fuser pressure may be decreased to suppress the print quality problems such as paper creases and curls.
It must be cautioned that decreasing the fuser pressure could cause loose toner fusing.
Procedure
1. Remove the cassette (See page 1-5-6).
2. Open the duplex cover.
3. Slide the fuser lever R and L.
Normal: Flush with the front of the machine.
Fuser pressure decreased: Flush with the rear of the machine.
Fuser lever R
Normal
Duplex cover
Fuser lever L
Fuser pressure decreased
Fuser lever L (R)
1-5-36
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-5-9 PWBs
(1) Detaching and refitting the control PWB
Procedure
1. Remove the FAX control PWB.
(See page 1-5-48)
2. Remove the right cover.
(See page 1-5-3)
3. Remove the five connectors from the scanner PWB.
4. Remove twenty connectors and two
FFCs from the control PWB.
5. Remove the wires from the clamp.
Connectors
Scanner PWB
Control PWB
YC104
YC108
YC109
YC105
YC101
Wires
Scanner PWB
Clamp
Control PWB
YC10
YC28
YC29
YC32
YC24
YC12
U17
YC6
(FFC)
YC8
(FFC)
YC7
YC3
YC2014
YC2005
1
YC2007
YC2000
YC2006
8
11 12
YC18 YC26
YC9
YC21
YC20
YC13
YC17
YC16
YC25
YC30
YC23
YC2013
YS2000
YC2004
YC2010
YC19
Connectors
Figure 1-5-55
FFCs
1-5-37
6. Remove five screws and the grounding terminal and then remove the control box.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Screw
Screw
Control box
Grounding terminal
Screw
Screw
Figure 1-5-56
Screw
7. Remove seven screws and the grounding terminal and then remove the control PWB.
1-5-38
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Control PWB
Screw
Screw
Grounding terminal
Figure 1-5-57
8. Check or replace the control PWB and refit all the removed parts.
To replace the control PWB, remove the
EEPROM (U17) from the old control
PWB and mount it to the new control
PWB.
U17
(EEPROM)
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Control PWB
Figure 1-5-58
1-5-39
(2) Detaching and refitting the power source PWB
Procedure
1. Remove the left cover (See page 1-5-
3).
2. Remove the wires from three clamps.
3. Remove five connectors from the power source PWB.
Clamp
Clamps
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Power source
PWB
Connectors
YC107
YC105
YC108
YC106
YC104
Power source
PWB
Connectors
4. Unhook four hooks and then remove the frame left duct.
5. Remove the wire from the clamp.
Frame left duct
Figure 1-5-59
Hook
Hook
Clamp
Wires
Hook
Figure 1-5-60
Hook
Frame left duct
1-5-40
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
6. Remove the screw and then detach the inlet mount.
Screw
Inlet mount
Figure 1-5-61
7. Remove five screws.
8. Remove two connectors and then remove the power source PWB assembly.
Connector
Connector
Screw
Screw
Screw
Power source
PWB assembly
Power source PWB
Screws
Connector
YC102
YC103
Connector
Figure 1-5-62
1-5-41
9. Remove four screws and then remove the power source PWB from the power source PWB plate.
10. Check or replace the power source
PWB and refit all the removed parts.
Caution: The power source PWB sheet must be installed in the specified position.
Screw
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Screw
Power source PWB
Screws
Power source
PWB sheet
Power source
PWB plate
Figure 1-5-63
1-5-42
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Detaching and refitting the high voltage PWB
Procedure
1. Remove the developer unit (See page
1-5-27).
2. Remove the drum unit (See page 1-5-
28).
3. Remove the cassette (See page 1-5-6).
4. Remove the left cover and right cover
(See page 1-5-3).
5. Remove the power source PWB (See
page 1-5-40).
6. Turn the machine with the front side up.
7. Remove the stopper.
8. Remove the DU holder.
DU holder
Stopper
Figure 1-5-64
9. Pull the DU bush out.
10. Remove the DU cover assembly.
1-5-43
DU cover assembly
DU bush
Figure 1-5-65
11. Remove four screws.
12. Unhook three hooks and then remove the lower base cover.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Screws
Screws
Lower base cover
Hook
Hook
Figure 1-5-66
Hook
1-5-44
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
13. Remove the spring.
14. Remove the cassette pin.
Spring
Cassette pin
15. Remove two connectors and then remove the high voltage PWB.
16. Remove the cassette pin holder from the high voltage PWB.
Cassette pin
Figure 1-5-67
Connectors
High voltage
PWB
High voltage PWB
Cassette pin holder
1-5-45
Figure 1-5-68
17. Check or replace the high voltage PWB and refit all the removed parts.
When refitting the high voltage PWB, be careful about following points.
— Position the ground plate so that it is atop the high voltage PWB.
— Each interface is firmly in contact with each spring.
— The bias contact pin must be installed in the specified position.
— The cassette pin must be inserted in the cassette pin holder.
High voltage PWB
Grounding plate
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Spring
(Transfer)
Spring
(Main charger)
High voltage PWB
Bias contact pin
Cassette pin
High voltage
PWB
Spring
(Developing)
Cassette pin holder
Figure 1-5-69
1-5-46
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(4) Detaching and refitting the scanner PWB
Procedure
1. Remove the right cover (See page 1-5-
3).
2. Remove six connectors and the FFC from the scanner PWB.
YC103
YC102
YC104
YC108
YC109
YC105
YC101
Scanner PWB
Connectors FFC
3. Remove four screws and then remove the scanner PWB.
4. Check or replace the scanner PWB and refit all the removed parts.
NOTE:
When the replacing the scanner PWB, perform following maintenance modes.
1. U425 Setting the target (see page 1-3-
22)
2. U411 Adjusting the scanner automati-
cally (see page 1-3-19)
1-5-47
Scanner PWB
Figure 1-5-70
Scanner PWB
Figure 1-5-71
Screws
Screws
(5) Detaching and refitting the FAX control PWB
Procedure
1. Open the rear cover.
2. Unhook the hook and then remove the controller box cover.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Figure 1-5-72
3. Remove two screws and then remove the FAX control PWB.
4. Check or replace the FAX control PWB and refit all the removed parts.
1-5-48
FAX control PWB
Figure 1-5-73
Screw
Screw
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-5-10 Others
(1) Detaching and refitting the main motor
Procedure
1. Remove the right cover (See page 1-5-
3).
2. Remove the connector.
3. Remove the M3 screw and two M4 screws.
4. Remove the main motor.
5. Check or replace the main motor and refit all the removed parts.
M4 screws
Figure 1-5-74
Connector
Main motor
M3 screw
1-5-49
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Direction of installing the left cooling fan motor, right cooling fan motor
When detaching or refitting a fan motor, be careful of the airflow direction (intake or exhaust).
Intake
Right cooling fan motor
Exhaust
Left cooling fan motor
1-5-50
Figure 1-5-75
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-5-11 Document processor
(1) Detaching and refitting the DP rear cover and DP front cover
Procedure
1. Open the DP top cover.
2. Remove two screws.
3. Unhook the hook and then remove the
DP rear cover.
DP rear cover
DP top cover
Screw
Hook
Screw
DP rear cover
4. Unhook two hooks and then remove the
DP front cover.
DP front cover
Figure 1-5-76
1-5-51
Figure 1-5-77
Hook
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Detaching and refitting the DP drive PWB
Follow the procedure below to check or replace the DP drive PWB.
Procedure
1. Remove the DP rear cover.
(See page 1-5-51).
2. Remove eight connectors from the DP drive PWB.
3. Remove the screw and then remove the
DP drive PWB.
4. Check or replace the DP drive PWB.
Refit all the removed parts.
Connector
DP drive PWB
DP drive PWB
Screw
Figure 1-5-78
1-5-52
(3) Detaching and refitting the feed pulley and forwarding pulley
Follow the procedure below to clean or replace the feed pulley or forwarding pulley.
Procedure
1. Remove the DP rear cover and DP front
cover (See page P.1-5-51).
2. Remove the stopper.
3. Remove the bush.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
4. Remove the stopper A and then remove the DP paper feed clutch.
5. Remove the stopper B and then remove the PF collar, spring, spring collar S, pin and bush from the PF shaft.
Bush
Stopper
Figure 1-5-79
PF shaft
Bush
Pin
Spring collar S
Spring
PF collar
DP paper feed clutch
Stopper A
Stopper B
PF shaft
Spring
Figure 1-5-80
PF shaft
1-5-53
6. Remove the forwarding pulley assembly.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Forwarding pulley assembly
Detaching the feed pulley
7. Remove the stopper A.
8. Remove the feed pulley assembly from the LF holder.
9. Remove the stopper B.
10. Remove the PF collar, spring, spring collar S and pin from the PF shaft.
11. Remove the feed pulley, one-way clutch, PF pulley gear and pin from the
PF shaft.
Figure 1-5-81
Spring
Spring collar S
Feed pully
Pin
Stopper B
PF collar
One-way clutch
PF pulley gear
Pin
PF shaft
Stopper A
Feed pulley assembly
1-5-54
LF holder
Figure 1-5-82
Detaching the forwarding pulley
12. Remove the PF stopper from the LF holder.
13. Remove the stopper.
14. Pull out the LF shaft and then remove the LF gear 18, forwarding feed joint gear and forwarding pulley.
15. Clean or replace the feed pulley and forwarding pulley.
Refit all the removed parts.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
PF stopper
LF holder
Stopper
LF shaft
LF gear 18
Forwarding pulley
Forwarding feed joint gear
Figure 1-5-83
1-5-55
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(4) Detaching and refitting the separation pad assembly
Follow the procedure below to clean or replace the separation pad assembly.
Procedure
1. Remove the forwarding pulley assem-
bly (See page P.1-5-53).
2. Remove the separation pad assembly.
3. Clean or replace the separation pad assembly.
Refit all the removed parts.
Separation pad assembly
Figure 1-5-84
1-5-56
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-6 Requirements on PWB Replacement
1-6-1 Upgrading the firmware
Follow the procedure below to upgrade the firmware of control PWB (main controller and engine) and scanner
PWB.
Preparation
Extract the file that has the download firmware and put them in the USB Memory.
Procedure
1. Turn ON the power switch and confirm if the screen shows “Ready to print” then, turn OFF the power switch.
2. Insert USB memory that has the firmware in the USB memory slot.
3. Turn ON the power switch.
4. About 40 seconds later, “FW-Update” will be displayed and blinking the memory LED (this shows to start the download).
5. Display the software that now upgrading (5 minutes).
“FW- Update [CTRL]”
“[ENGN]”
“[SCAN]”
6. Display the completion of the upgrade
(Memory LED is ON condition).
7. Cut the power supply by pulling out the power cable and remove the USB memory.
* : After the print engine farm is downloaded, it is not possible to turn it off with the power switch.
Check the result of the version up
1. Output the service status by the U000 and confirm the firmware version.
USB memory
Figure 1-6-1
USB memory slot
1-6-1
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1-6-2 Remarks on control PWB replacement
When replacing the control PWB, remove the EEPROM (U17) from the control PWB that has been removed and then reattach it to the new control PWB.
EEPROM
U17
EEPROM
Control PWB
Detaching of EEPROM
1. The flat screwdriver is inserted between
EEPROM and socket.
2. Detach it little by little right and left and alternately while noting the transformation and the damage of the pin.
1-6-2
Figure 1-6-2
EEPROM
Socket
Flat screw driver
Figure 1-6-3
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1 Mechanical Construction
2-1-1 Paper feed/conveying section
Paper feed/conveying section consists of the paper feed unit that feeds paper from the cassette and the MP tray paper feed unit that feeds paper from the MP tray, and the paper conveying section that conveys the fed paper to the transfer/separation section.
(1) Cassette paper feed section
10
1
3
2
6
8
7
4
5
11
9
Figure 2-1-1 Cassette paper feed section
1. Pickup roller
2. Paper feed roller
3. Feed holder
4. Retard roller
5. Retard holder
6. Retard guide
7. Bottom plate
8. Bottom pad
9. Cassette base
10. Paper sensor
11. Actuator (paper sensor)
MM
PS
PFCL
MMOTRDYN
MOTCLK
REMOTEN
FEDDRN
YC17-3
YC17-4
YC17-5
CONPWB
YC20-4
PAPER
YC18-3
Figure 2-1-2 Cassette paper feed section block diagram
2-1-1
(2) MP tray paper feed section
6
8
1
3
2
13
5
4
7
12
10
11
9
Figure 2-1-3 MP tray paper feed section
1. MP paper feed roller
2. MPF separation pad
3. MPF separator
4. MPF bottom plate
5. MPF friction pad
6. MP paper sensor
7. Actuator (MP paper sensor)
8. MPF frame
9. MPF guide R/L
10. MPF base
11. MPF middle tray
12. MPF upper tray
13. MPF turn guide
MM
MPPFSOL
MMOTRDYN
MOTCLK
REMOTEN
YC17-3
YC17-4
YC17-5
MPFDRN
CONPWB
YC21-2
MPPS
HANDSN
YC16-3
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Figure 2-1-4 MP tray paper feed section block diagram
2-1-2
(3) Paper conveying section
1
2
4
3
5
Figure 2-1-5 Paper conveying section
1. Lower registration roller
2. Upper registration roller
3. Registration sensor
4. Actuator (registration sensor)
5. Feed pulley
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
MM
HVPWB
RS
RCL
MMOTRDYN
MOTCLK
REMOTEN
YC17-3
YC17-4
YC17-5
REGDRN
YC20-2
CONPWB
REGN
YC23-11
Figure 2-1-6 Paper conveying section block diagram
2-1-3
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-2 Drum section
(1) Drum section
The durable layer of organic photoconductor (OPC) is coated over the aluminum cylinder base. The OPC tend to reduce its own electrical conductance when exposed to light. After a cyclic process of charging, exposure, and development, the electrostatic image is constituted over the OPC layer.
Since the OPC is materialized by resin, it is susceptible to damage caused by sharp edges such as a screwdriver, etc., resulting in a print quality problem. Also, finger prints can cause deterioration of the OPC layer, therefore, the drum (in the drum unit) must be handled with care. Substances like water, alcohol, organic solvent, etc., should be strictly avoided.
As with all other OPC drums, the exposure to a strong light source for a prolonged period can cause a print quality problem. The limit is approximately 500 lux for less than five minutes. If the drum (drum unit) remains
.
removed from the machine, it should be stored in a cool, dark place.
4
3
2
1
Figure 2-1-7 Drum unit
1. Drum
2. Drum shaft
3. Drum cover A
4. Drum cover B
2-1-4
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Main charger unit
As the drum rotates in a “clean (neutral)” state, its photoconductive layer is given a uniform, positive (+) corona charge dispersed by the main charger wire. Due to high-voltage scorotron charging, the charging wire can get contaminated by oxidization after a long run. Therefore, the charger wire must be cleaned at a specific interval. Cleaning the charging wire prevents print quality problems such as black streaks.
1
2
4
3
Figure 2-1-8 Main charger unit
1. Main charger shield
2. Main charger wire
3. Main charger grid
4. Main charger wire cleaner
Main charger wire
ZEPWB
Drum
Main charger output
M
Main charger shield
Main charger grid
HVPWB
Figure 2-1-9 Drum unit and main charger unit block diagram
2-1-5
2-1-3 Optical section
(1) Scanner unit
4
5
10
3
6
7
2
Figure 2-1-10 Scanner unit
1. ISU top frame
2. ISU bottom frame
3. Contact glass
4. DP contact glass
5. Size indicator plate
6. ISU belt
7. ISU shaft
8. ISU gear 63/32
9. ISU motor
10. Image scanner unit (ISU)
9
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
8
1
2-1-6
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Image scanner unit (ISU)
The original image is illuminated by the LED and scanned by the CCD image sensor in the CCD PWB (CCD-
PWB) via the four mirrors and ISU lens, the reflected light being converted to an electrical signal.
If a document processor (DP) is used, the image scanner unit stops at the position of the DP contact glass and scans sequentially one row of the image on the original in synchronization with the moving timing of the original in the sub scan direction by driving the DP.
3
4
1
6
7
13
12
10
11
9
2
8
5
Figure 2-1-11 Image scanner unit (ISU)
1. Lamp mount
2. ISU housing
3. ISU reflector
4. Transparent material
5. Mirror A
6. Mirror B
7. Mirror C
8. Mirror D
9. ISU lens
10. CCD PWB (CCDPWB)
11. LED drive PWB (LEDDRPWB)
12. Home position sensor (HPS)
13. ISU shaft
2-1-7
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
SCPWB
YC103-6
LAMP
YC103-3
HPSW
YC104-
1,2,3,4
CON
PWB
SCMOT1A, SCMOT2B
SCMOT1B, SCMOT2A
ISUM
Original
Contact glass
Image scanner unit (ISU)
CCDPWB
LEDDR
PWB
LED
PWB
CCD image sensor
Mirrors and lens
HPS
Scanner unit
Figure 2-1-12 Scanner unit block diagram
2-1-8
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Laser scanner unit
The charged surface of the drum is then scanned by the laser beam from the laser scanner unit.
The laser beam (780 nm wavelength) beam is dispersed as the polygon motor revolves to reflect the laser beam over the drum. Various lenses and mirror are housed in the laser scanner unit, adjust the diameter of the laser beam, and focalize it at the drum surface.
7
4
5
3
2
1
6
Figure 2-1-13 Laser scanner unit
1. Polygon motor (mirror)
2. F-
lens
3. F-
lens
4. LSU mirror
5. LSU shutter
6. LSU frame
7. LSU cover
2-1-9
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
10
8
2
9
3
4
6
5
1
7
1. Polygon motor (mirror)
2. Laser diode (APC PWB)
3. Collimator lens
4. Cylindrical lens
5. F-
lens
Figure 2-1-14 Laser scanner unit
6. F-
lens
7. PD mirror
8. SOS lens
9. Pin photo diode sensor (PD PWB)
10. LSU mirror
2-1-10
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-4 Developing section
The latent image constituted on the drum is developed into a visible image. The developing roller contains a
3-pole (S-NS) magnet roller and an aluminum cylinder rotating around the magnet roller. Toner attracts to the magnet sleeve since it is powdery ink made of black resin bound to iron particles. Developing blade, magnetized by magnet, is positioned approximately 0.3 mm above the magnet sleeve to constitute a smooth layer of toner in accordance with the magnet sleeve revolution.
The developing roller is applied with the AC-weighted, positive DC power source. Toner on the magnet sleeve is given a positive charge. The positively charged toner is then attracted to the areas of the drum which was exposed to the laser light. (The gap between the drum and the magnet sleeve is approximately 0.32 mm.) The non-exposed areas of the drum repel the positively charged toner as these areas maintain the positive charge.
The developing roller is also AC-biased to ensure contrast in yielding by compensating the toner’s attraction and repelling action during development.
8
3
4
1
2
7
5
6
Figure 2-1-15 Developing unit and toner container
1. Magnet sleeve
2. Magnet roller
3. Developing blade
4. Blade magnet
5. DLP screw A
6. DLP screw B
7. DLP case
8. Toner container
2-1-11
Developing roller
Developing bias output
B
HVPWB
Magnet roller
Magnet sleeve
DEVCL
CONPWB
DLPDRN
YC20-6
Figure 2-1-16 Developing section block diagram
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-12
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-5 Transfer/separation section
The transfer/separation section consists of the transfer roller, discharge electrode and paper chute guide. A high voltage generated by the high voltage PWB is applied to the transfer roller for transfer charging. Paper after transfer is separated from the drum.
4
1
3
5
2
Figure 2-1-17 Transfer/separation section
1. Transfer roller
2. Transfer bushes
3. Discharge electrode
4. DC brush holder
5. Paper chute guide
Transfer bias
T
HVPWB
Discharge electrode
Transfer roller
GND
Figure 2-1-18 Transfer/separation section block diagram
2-1-13
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-6 Cleaning section
After the transferring process, the drum needs to be physically cleaned of toner which is residual after the development process. The cleaning blade is constantly pressed against the drum and scrapes the residual toner off to the sweep roller.
The waste toner is collected at the output end of the sweep roller and sent back to the toner container, into the waste toner reservoir.
After the drum is physically cleaned, it then must be cleaned to the electrically neutral state. This is necessary to erase any residual positive charge, ready to accept the uniform charge for the next print process. The residual charge is canceled by exposing the drum to the light emitted from the cleaning lamp (PWB). This lowers the electrical conductivity of the drum surface making the residual charge on the drum surface escape to the ground.
1
Main frame
Waste toner reservoir
2
Drum unit
3
Figure 2-1-19 Cleaning section
1. Cleaning lamp (PWB)
2. Sweep roller
3. Cleaning blade
2-1-14
CL
Drum
ERASER
YC28-1
CONPWB
Figure 2-1-20 Cleaning section block diagram
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-15
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-7 Fuser section
The toner on the paper is molten and pressed into the paper as it passes between the heat roller and the press roller in the fuser unit. The heat roller has a heater inside which continuously turns on and off by the fuser thermistor to maintain the constant temperature onto the heat roller surface. The heat roller is resin coated by florin to prevent toner from accumulating on the roller after a long run. Care must be taken while handling the heat roller not to scratch the roller surface as doing so may result in print problems. Fuser temperature is optimized to the paper type. The heat roller has four separators (claws) which are continuously in contact with its surface. These separators (claws) prevent the paper on which toner has been fused from being wound around the heat roller causing paper jam. The press roller is made of the heat-resistant silicon rubber. This roller is used to strongly press the paper towards the heat roller by means of press springs. The temperature of the heat roller is constantly monitored by the control PWB using the fuser thermistor. Should the temperature of the heat roller exceed the predetermined value, the fuser thermal cutout is activated to effectively disconnect the heater from power.
14
1
4
8
7
6
3
5
2
13
10
9
15
11
Figure 2-1-21 Fuser unit
12
2-1-16
1. Upper fuser frame
2. Lower fuser frame
3. Heat roller
4. Press roller
5. Fuser heater
6. Fuser thermostat
7. Fuser thermistor
8. Separators
9. Fuser bushes
10. Press springs
11. Press spring holders
12. Fuser lever L (R)
13. Exit sensor
14. Actuator (exit sensor)
15. Fuser guide pulley
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Fuser unit
FTS
FH
FTH
PSPWB
L
YC102-1
N
YC102-3
YC103-6
YC103-7
YC103-8
HVPWB
CONPWB
HEATN
SLEEP
ZCROSS
YC23-5
YC23-6
YC23-3
THERM
YC23-16
Figure 2-1-22 Fuser unit block diagram
2-1-17
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-8 Paper exit section
The paper exit section transports the paper which passed the fuser unit towards the top tray. The paper which passed through the fuser unit turns on the actuator (exit sensor) in the fuser unit, and is led by the guide comprised of the rear cover, frame and the FD cover guide, finally reaching the upper FD roller. The paper is delivered to the top tray by the rotation of the upper FD roller.
7
6
5
8
4
3
1
9
2
10
Figure 2-1-23 Paper exit section
1. Exit roller
2. Fuser exit pulley
3. Middle pulley
4. Rear cover
5. Upper FD roller
6. Exit pulley
7. FD cover
8. Top tray
9. Exit sensor
10. Actuator (exit sensor)
2-1-18
Fuser unit
CONPWB
EXITN
YC19-4
ES
Figure 2-1-24 Paper exit section block diagram
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-19
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-9 Duplex/conveying section
The duplex/conveying section consists of conveying path which sends the paper sent from the exit section to the paper feed/conveying section when duplex printing.
10
9
4
6
1
3
2
Figure 2-1-25 Duplex/conveying section
1. DU cover B
2. DU holder
3. Middle pulley B
4. DU roller
5. DU cover A
6. Lower base cover
7. Feed roller
8. Feed pulley
9. Exit sensor
10. Actuator (exit sensor)
5
7
8
DUDR1
DUDR2
YC29-1
YC29-3
DUSOL
Fuser unit
CONPWB
EXITN
YC19-4
ES
Figure 2-1-26 Duplex/paper conveying section block diagram
2-1-20
]
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-10 Document processor
(1) Original feed section
The original feed section consists of the parts shown in figure. An original placed on the original table is conveyed to the original conveying section. Original is fed by the rotation of the DP forwarding pulley and DP feed pulley.
12
7
9
8
2
4
5
3
6
1
10
11
13
Figure 2-1-27 Original feed section
1. DP forwarding pulley
2. DP feed pulley
3. LF holder
4. PF stopper
5. Front separation pad
6. LF friction plate
7. DP separation pad
8. Separation mount
9. Upper guide
10. Switchback guide
11. DP original sensor (DPOS)
12. Actuator (DP original sensor)
13. Original table
DPOS
FEEDCL
YC6-2
ORGSWN
YC2-6
DP
PFCL
DPDPWB
DPPFM
DPMOT1A, DPMOT2A
DPMOT1B, DPMOT2B
YC3-1,2,3,4
Figure 2-1-28 Original feed section block diagram
2-1-21
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Original conveying section
The original conveying section consists of the parts shown in figure. A conveyed original is scanned by the optical section (CCD) of main machine when it passes through the DP contact glass of main machine.
6
1
3
5
2
7
4
Figure 2-1-29 Original conveying section
1. Conveying roller A
2. Conveying pulley
3. Conveying bottom
4. Reading guide
5. DP timing sensor (DPTS)
6. Actuator (DP timing sensor)
7. DP contact glass
DP
PFCL
DPTS
DPDPWB
FEEDCL
YC6-2
TIMSWN
YC2-9
DPPFM
DPMOT1A, DPMOT2A
DPMOT1B, DPMOT2B
YC3-1,2,3,4
Figure 2-1-30 Original conveying section block diagram
2-1-22
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Original switchback/eject sections
The original switchback/eject sections consists of the parts shown in figure. An original of which scanning is complete is ejected to the original eject table by the eject roller. In the case of duplex switchback scanning, an original is conveyed temporarily to the switchback tray and conveyed again to the original conveying section by the switchback roller.
10
12
11
1
8
2
9
4
6
5
7
3
Figure 2-1-31 Original switchback/eject sections
1. Conveying roller B
2. Conveying pulley
3. DP base
4. Eject roller
5. Eject pulley
6. PF housing
7. Original eject table
8. Switchback guide
9. Switchback roller
10. Switchback pulley
11. Switchback pulley mount
12. Switchback tray
DPTS
DPPRSOL
DPSBSOL
DPDPWB
PRESOLN
RELSOLN
YC4-2
YC4-3
REVSOL
YC5-2
TIMSWN
YC2-9
DPPFM
DPMOT1A, DPMOT2A
DPMOT1B, DPMOT2B
YC3-1,2,3,4
Figure 2-1-32 Original switchback/eject sections block diagram
2-1-23
This page is intentionally left blank.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-1-24
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-2 Electrical Parts Layout
2-2-1 Electrical parts layout
(1) PWBs
12
1
9
5
6
10
11
8
7
3
4
13
2
Machine left Machine inside Machine right
Figure 2-2-1 PWBs
1. Control PWB (CONPWB)…………………. Main controller: Controls the software such as the print data processing and provides the interface with computers.
Engine: Controls machine hardware such as high voltage/bias output control, paper conveying system control, and fuser temperature control, etc.
2. Power source PWB (PSPWB) ………….. After full-wave rectification of AC power source input, switching for converting to 24 V DC for output. Controls the Fuser heater.
3. High voltage PWB (HVPWB) ……………. Generates main charging, developing bias and transfer bias.
4. Operation panel PWB (OPPWB) ………. Consists the LCD, LED indicators and key switches.
5. APC PWB (APCPWB) …………………….. Generates and controls the laser beam.
6. PD PWB (PDPWB) …………………………. Controls horizontal synchronizing timing of laser beam.
7. Zener PWB (ZEPWB) ……………………… Adjusts the drum surface potential.
8. Scanner PWB (SCPWB)………………….. Controls the scanner section.
9. CCD PWB (CCDPWB)…………………….. Reads the image of originals.
10. LED drive PWB (LEDDRPWB) …………. Controls the exposure lamp.
11. FAX control PWB (FCPWB)……………… Modulates, demodulates, compresses, decompresses and smoothes out image data, and converts resolution of image data.
12. LED PWB (LEDPWB) ……………………… Exposes originals.
13. RFID PWB (RFPWB) ………………………. Reads the container information.
2-2-1
List of correspondences of PWB names
No.
Name used in service manual
1
Control PWB
1
Control PWB
2
Power source PWB
2
Power source PWB
3
High voltage PWB
4
Operation panel PWB
5
APC PWB
6
PD PWB
7
Zener PWB
8
Scanner PWB
9
CCD PWB
10
LED drive PWB
11
FAX control PWB
11
FAX control PWB
12
LED PWB
13
RFID PWB (RFPWB)
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Name used in parts list
PARTS MAIN PWB ASSY FS SP
PARTS MAIN PWB ASSY FS SP EU
PARTS SWITCHING REGULATOR 120V SP
PARTS SWITCHING REGULATOR 230V SP
HIGH VOLTAGE UNIT
—
PARTS PANEL PWB ASSY SP
—
—
—
PARTS SCANNER PWB ASSY SP
—
PARTS MAIN FAX ASSY U SP
—
PARTS MAIN FAX ASSY E SP
PARTS PWB RFID ASSY SP
2-2-2
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(2) Switches and sensors
8
7
11
12
10
4
3
1
5
9
2
6
Machine left Machine inside Machine right
Figure 2-2-2 Switches and sensors
1. Power switch (MSW)……………………….. Switches of main body operation.
2. Interlock switch (ILSW) ……………………. Shuts off 24 V DC power line when the front cover is opened.
3. Cassette switch (COCSW)……………….. Detects open/close cassette.
4. Registration sensor (RS)………………….. Detects the timing of primary paper feed.
5. Paper sensor (PS) ………………………….. Detects the presence of paper in the cassette.
6. MP paper sensor (MPPS) ………………… Detects the presence of paper on the MP tray.
7. Exit sensor (ES) ……………………………… Detects paper jam in the fuser or duplex conveying section.
8. Home position sensor (HPS) ……………. Detects the ISU in the home position.
9. Toner sensor (TS) …………………………… Detects the quantity of toner in a toner container.
10. Waste toner sensor (WTS)……………….. Detects when the waste toner reservoir (Drum unit) is full.
11. Fuser thermistor (FTH) ……………………. Measures the heat roller temperature.
12. Fuser thermostat (FTS)……………………. Shuts off the power source to the Fuser heater when the heat roller reaches extremely high temperature.
2-2-3
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Other electrical components
3
9
5
2
12
4
10
11
1
8
6
Machine left Machine inside Machine right
Figure 2-2-3 Other electrical components
6
13
1. Main motor (MM)…………………………….. Drives the paper feed/conveying section and fuser unit.
2. Polygon motor (PM) ………………………… Drives the polygon mirror.
3. ISU motor (ISUM) …………………………… Drives the ISU.
4. Right cooling fan motor (RFM …………… Cools the interior of machine.
5. Left cooling fan motor (LFM)…………….. Cools the interior of machine.
6. Registration clutch (RCL)…………………. Controls the secondary paper feed.
7. Paper feed clutch (PFCL) ………………… Controls the paper cassette paper feed.
8. Developing clutch (DEVCL) ……………… Controls the toner feed.
9. Duplex solenoid (DUCL) ………………….. Controls the paper conveying at the duplex conveying section.
10. MP paper feed solenoid (MPPFSOL) … Controls the MPF bottom plate of the MP tray.
11. Fuser heater (FH) …………………………… Heats the heat roller.
12. Cleaning lamp (CL) …………………………. Eliminates the residual electrostatic charge on the drum.
13. Speaker (SP…………………………………… Outputs buzzer, monitoring and speaker sounds.
2-2-4
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(4) Document processor
6
4
3
2
5 8
7
1
Machine left Machine inside
Machine right
Figure 2-2-4 Document processor
1. DP drive PWB (DPDPWB)……………….. Consists the solenoids and clutch driver circuit and wiring relay circuit.
2. DP original sensor (DPOS) ………………. Detects the presence of an original.
3. DP timing sensor (DPTS)…………………. Detects the original scanning timing.
4. DP open/close sensor (DPOCS)……….. Detects the opening/closing of the DP.
5. DP paper feed motor (DPPFM)…………. Drives the original feed section.
6. DP paper feed clutch (DPPFCL)……….. Controls the drive of the forwarding pulley and feed pulley.
7. DP switchback solenoid (DPSBSOL)…. Operates the switchback guide.
8. DP pressure solenoid (DPPRSOL) ……. Operates the switchback pulley.
List of correspondences of PWB names
No.
Name used in service manual
1
DP drive PWB
Name used in parts list
PARTS DRIVER PWB ASSY SP
2-2-5
This page is intentionally left blank.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-2-6
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-3 Operation of the PWBs
2-3-1 Power source PWB
Power source PWB
+24V0 Scanner
PWB
AC input
Relay
Zero cross signal circuit
Fuser heater control circuit
Switching regulator circuit
+24V0
FAN
FAN
+24V0F
Left cooling fan motor
GND
Interlock switch
SLEEP
ZCROSS
HEATN
+3.3V1E
THERM
Fuser thermistor
Fuser heater
Fuser thermostat
Fuser unit
Figure 2-3-1 Power source PWB block diagram
SW101
YC104
YC108
1 1
YC106
1
1
YC103
1
YC105
1
YC102
1
YC101
Figure 2-3-2 Power source PWB silk-screen diagram
2-3-1
Connector Pin
YC101
1
Signal
NEUTRAL
Connected to the AC inlet
2 LIVE
YC102
Connected to the Fuser heater
1 LIVE
2 NEUTRAL
YC103
Connected to the high voltage PWB
1 +24V0
2 SGND
3 FAN
4 THERM
5 +3.3V1E
6 HEATN
7 SLEEP
8 ZCROSS
9 +24V0IL
10 +24V0IL
YC104
Connected to the left cooling fan motor
11 PGND
12 PGND
1 +24V0
2 FAN
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
I/O Voltage
I 120 V AC
220 — 240 V AC
I 120 V AC
Description
AC power input
AC power input
220 — 240 V AC
O 120 V AC
220 — 240 V AC
O 120 V AC
O 24 V DC
Fuser heater output
Fuser heater output
O
I
I
I
—
220 — 240 V AC
24 V DC
0/24 V DC
O Analog
3.3 V DC
I 0/3.3 V DC
0/3.3 V DC
24 V DC power source
Ground
Left cooling fan motor: On/Off
Fuser thermistor detection voltage
3.3 V DC power source
Fuser heater: On/Off
Sleep mode signal: On/Off
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Zero cross signal
O 24 V DC 24 V DC power source (via interlock switch)
24 V DC power source (via interlock switch)
—
—
O 24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
Ground
Ground
24 V DC power source
Left cooling fan motor: On/Off
YC105
Connected to the fuser thermistor
1 +3.3V1E
2 N.C.
3 THERM
YC106
Connected to the scanner
PWB
1 +24V0F
2 N.C.
3 GND
O 3.3 V DC
—
I Analog
O 24 V DC
—
—
3.3 V DC power source
Not used
Fuser thermistor detection voltage
24 V DC power source
Not used
Ground
2-3-2
Connector Pin
YC108
Connected to the ground terminals
1
2 —
3 —
—
Signal I/O
—
—
—
Voltage
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
Frame ground (Control PWB)
Frame ground (Frame)
Frame ground (Frame)
2-3-3
2-3-2 Control PWB
Clutches
Solenoids
Scanner PWB CCD PWB
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Cleaning lamp
High voltage PWB
Paper feeder
(option)
Engine control section
Communication section
Image control section
Main control section
Control PWB
Fan motors
Sensors
Operation panel
PWB
Figure 2-3-3 Control PWB block diagram
APC PWB
FAX control
PWB
2-3-4
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
1
2
1
YC28
YC29
3
1
2
YC32
3
1
1
YC24
YC10
3
1
2
YC12
2
1 YC27
14
15
12
1
1
3
3
YC18 YC26
YC9
20
1
1
YC21
2
1
YC20
5
1
1
2
YC13
4
1
YC17
1
YC16
3
5
19
1
4
YC25
1
18
YC30
6
YC23
U17
6
1
YC6
(FFC)
32
YC2013
143
144
YC8
(FFC)
1 10
YS2000
YC7
1
1
2
2
1
4 1
YC3
YC2014
5
YC2005
9
1
1
5 5
YC2007
1
YC2000
1
YC2006
1
8
11 12
YC2004
1 4
YC2010
1
YC19
2 3
4
Figure 2-3-4 Control PWB silk-screen diagram
2-3-5
Connector Pin
YC3
Signal
1 VBUS
Connected to
USB host
2 DATA —
3 DATA +
4 GND
YC6
Connected to the scanner
PWB
Connected to the operation panel
PWB
YC7
1
2
3
+12V3
GND
HPSW
4 GND
5 NC
6 LAMP
1 GND
2 PANCTS
3 PANRTS
4 +3.3V1C
5 PANRXD
6 PANTXD
7 FPRSTN
8 GND
9 POWERKEY
10 +5V1C
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
I/O Voltage
O 5 V DC
I/O —
I/O —
—
Description
5 V DC power source
USB data signal
USB data signal
Ground
O 12 V DC
—
O 0/3.3 V DC
—
12 V DC power source
Ground
Home position sensor: On/Off
Ground
—
I 0/24 V DC
Not used
Exposure lamp drive signal
Ground
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmitting enable signal
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Receiving enable signal
O 0/3.3 V DC Home position sensor: On/Off
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel PWB receiving data
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel PWB transmitting data
O 3.3/0 V DC
—
I 3.3/0 V DC
O 5 V DC
Operation panel PWB reset signal
Ground
Power key input signal
5 V DC power source
YC8
Connected to the CCD
PWB
1 LAMP
2 NC
3 GND
4 GND
5 HPSW
6 +3.3V3C
7 NC
8 CCDRSN
9 CCDRSP
10 NC
11 CCDCLPP
12 CCDCLPN
13 NC
14 CCDPH1N
15 CCDPH1P
16 NC
O 0/24 V DC
—
—
—
I 0/3.3 V DC
O 3.3 V DC
—
O LVDS
O LVDS
—
O LVDS
O LVDS
—
O LVDS
O LVDS
—
Exposure lamp drive signal
Not used
Ground
Ground
Home position sensor: On/Off
3.3 V DC power source
Not used
CCD reset signal (-)
CCD reset signal (+)
Not used
CCD reset signal (-)
CCD reset signal (+)
Not used
CCD shift register clock signal (-)
CCD shift register clock signal (+)
Not used
2-3-6
Connector Pin
YC8
Connected to the CCD
PWB
17
18 CCDPH2N
19
CCDPH2P
NC
Signal
20 CCDSH
21 CCDSW
22 GND
23 CCDDATAR
24 GND
25 CCDDATAG
26 GND
27 CCDDATAB
28 GND
29 +12V3
30 GND
31 +5V3E2
32 +5V3E2
I/O
O LVDS
O LVDS
Voltage
—
O LVDS
O LVDS
—
I LVDS
—
I LVDS
—
I LVDS
—
O 12 V DC
—
O 5 V DC
O 5 V DC
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
CCD shift register clock signal (-)
CCD shift register clock signal (+)
Not used
CCD shift gate signal (-)
CCD color/BW change signal (+)
Ground
CCD image output signal (Red)
Ground
CCD image output signal (Green)
Ground
CCD image output signal (Blue)
Ground
12 V DC power source (For exposure lamp)
Ground
5 V DC power source
5 V DC power source
YC9
Connected to the scanner
PWB
1 GND
2 +3.3V3C
3 CPUCLK
4 CPUSI
5 CPUSO
6 CPUSEL
7 CPURDY
8 OVANOHLD
9 PAGESET
10 SEGSO
11 SSCKN
12 SEGSI
13 SSBSY
14 SSDIR
15 SEGIR
—
O 3.3 V DC
Ground
3.3 V DC power source
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications clock signal
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications data input
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications data output
I 0/3.3 V DC Communications select signal
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 0/3.3 V DC
Communications ready signal
Communications ready signal
O 0/3.3 V DC
I 0/3.3 V DC
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications clock
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications data input
I 0/3.3 V DC
Vertical synchronizing monitor signal
Vertical synchronizing signal
I
I 0/3.3 V DC
0/3.3 V DC
Impossible transmission/Completion notice signal
Serial communications T/R switching signal
Serial communications interruption demand signal
2-3-7
Connector Pin
YC10
Connected to the laser scanner unit
1
2 GND
3
Signal
+24V4IL
PLGDRN
4 PLGRDY
5 PLGCLK
6 PDN
7 GND
8 VDON
YC12
Connected to the speaker
9 VDOP
10 OUTPEN
11 SAMPLEN
12 +3.3V4A
1 OUT-
2 OUT+
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
I/O Voltage
O 24 V DC
—
Description
24 V DC power source
Ground
O 0/3.3 V DC
I 0/3.3 V DC
Polygon motor: On/Off
Polygon motor ready signal
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Polygon motor clock signal
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronizing signal
Ground
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal (+)
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal (-)
O 0/3.3 V DC Laser output enable signal
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 3.3 V DC
O Analog
O Analog
Sample/hold timing switching signal
3.3 V DC power source
Speaker sound signal (-)
Speaker sound signal (+)
YC16
Connected to the MP paper sensor
1 PILED
2 GND
3 HANDSN
O 3.3 V DC
—
I 0/3.3 V DC
3.3 V DC power source
Ground
MP paper sensor: On/Off
YC17
Connected to the main motor
YC18
Connected to the paper sensor
1 +24V4IL
2 GND
3 MMOTRDYN
4 MMOTCLK
5 REMOTEN
1 PILED
2 GND
3 PAPER
YC19
Connected to the exit sensor
1 —
2 PILED
3 GND
4 EXITN
O 24 V DC
—
24 V DC power source
Ground
I 0/3.3 V DC Main motor ready signal
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Main motor clock signal
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 3.3 V DC
—
I 0/3.3 V DC
Main motor: On/Off
3.3 V DC power source
Ground
Paper sensor: On/Off
—
O 3.3 V DC
—
I 0/3.3 V DC
Not used
3.3 V DC power source
Ground
Exit sensor: On/Off
2-3-8
Connector Pin
YC20
1
Signal
+24V4IL
2 REGDRN Connected to the registration clutch, paper feed clutch and developing clutch
3
4
5
6
+24V4IL
FEDDRN
+24V4IL
DLPDRN
I/O Voltage
O 24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
O 24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
O 24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
24 V DC power source
Registration clutch: On/Off
24 V DC power source
Paper feed clutch: On/Off
24 V DC power source
Developing clutch: On/Off
YC21
Connected to the MP paper feed solenoid
1 +24V4IL
2 MPFDRN
YC23
Connected to the high voltage PWB
1 +24V0
2 +3.3V1E
3 ZCROSS
4 FAN
5 HEATN
6 SLEEP
7 MHVDR
8 RTHVDR
9 PSEL1
YC24
Connected to the waste toner sensor
10 HVCLK
11 REGN
12 TCNT
13 MCNT
14 THVDR
15 CASE
16 THERM
17 +24V4ILR
18 SGND
19 SEPA
1 +3.3V1E
2 TNFULL
3 SGND
O
O
24 V DC
0/24 V DC
24 V DC power source
MP paper feed solenoid: On/Off
I 24 V DC
O 3.3 V DC
24 V DC power source
3.3 V DC power source
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Zero cross signal
O 0/24 V DC Left cooling fan motor: On/Off
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 0/3.3 V DC
Fuser heater: On/Off
Sleep mode signal: On/Off
Main charger output signal: On/Off
Transfer (reverse) bias output signal: On/
Off
Transfer (reverse) bias control signal: On/
Off
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Developing bias clock signal
I 0/3.3 V DC Registration sensor: On/Off
O PWM
O PWM
Transfer current control signal
Main charger output control signal
O 0/3.3 V DC
I Analog
I Analog
O 24 V DC
Transfer bias output signal: On/Off
Cassette switch: On/Off
Fuser thermistor detection voltage
24 V DC power source
—
—
O 3.3 V DC
I 0/3.3 V DC
—
—
Ground
3.3 V DC power source
Waste toner full detection signal
Ground
2-3-9
Connector Pin
YC25
Connected to the high voltage PWB
1
2 +24V0IL
3
Signal
+24V0IL
PGND
4 PGND
YC26
Connected to the toner sensor
1 +3.3V1E
2 TEMPTY
3 SGND
YC27
Connected to the right cooling fan motor
1 +24V0
2 FAN
I/O Voltage
I 24 V DC
I 24 V DC
—
—
O 3.3 V DC
I 0/3.3 V DC
—
O 24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
24 V DC power source
24 V DC power source
Ground
Ground
3.3 V DC power source
Toner quantity detection signal
Ground
24 V DC power source
Right cooling fan motor: On/Off
Eraser lamp: On/Off
24 V DC power source
YC28
Connected to the eraser lamp
1 ERASER
2 ERASRW
YC29
Connected to the duplex solenoid
1 DUDR1
2 COMMON
3 DUDR2
O
O
0/24 V DC
24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
O 24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
Duplex solenoid (activate): On/Off
24 V DC power source
Duplex solenoid (return): On/Off
YC30
Connected to the optional paper feeder
(PF main
PWB)
YC32
Connected to the power switch
1 +24V4IL
2 PGND
3 PFSI
4 PFSO
5 PSEL
6 +3.3V1
1 POWERSW
2 NC
3 GND
O 24 V DC
—
24 V DC power source
Ground
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data input signal
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data output signal
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 3.3 V DC
I 0/3.3 V DC
—
—
Paper feeder selection signal
3.3 V DC power source
Power switch: On/Off
Not used
Ground
2-3-10
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-3-3 Scanner PWB
Image scanner unit (ISU)
Exposure lamp (LED)
Home position sensor
LED drive
PWB
CCD PWB
ISU motor
Document processor (DP)
DP paper feed motor
DP paper feed clutch
DP switchback pressure solenoid
DP timing sensor
DP original sensor
DP open/ close sensor
DP switchback feedshift solenoid
Driver
Driver
Driver
DP driver PWB
Motor driver
Motor driver
LAMP
Regulator
Power save circuit
CPU
Scanner PWB
Control PWB
Power source
PWB
+24V0F
AFE
ASIC
CSI
Figure 2-3-5 Scanner PWB block diagram
2-3-11
5
6
YC103
2
1
7
YC106
1
1 6
4
YC104
1
YC108
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
9
10
YC105
1
2
5
YC107
1
Figure 2-3-6 Scanner PWB silk-screen diagram
Connector Pin
YC101
1
Signal
+24V0F
Connected to the power source PWB
2
3
N.C.
GND
I/O
O
—
—
—
—
Voltage
24 V DC
Description
24 V DC power source
Not used
Ground
YC102
Connected to the control
PWB
1 SEGIR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
SSDIR
SSBSY
SEGSI
SSCKN
SEGSO
PAGESET
OVMONOUT
CPURDY
CPUSEL
CPUSO
CPUSI
CPUCLK
+3.3V3C
GND
O
O
0/3.3 V DC
0/3.3 V DC
Serial communications interruption demand
Serial communications trans./recep. change
O 0/3.3 V DC Impossible transmission/Completion notice
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications data output
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications clock
O 0/3.3 V DC
I 0/3.3 V DC
I 0/3.3 V DC
I 0/3.3 V DC
Vertical synchronizing signal
Vertical synchronizing monitor signal
Communications ready signal
Communications ready signal
O 0/3.3 V DC Communications select signal
I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications data input
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications data output
O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communications clock signal
I 3.3 V DC
—
3.3 V DC power source
Ground
2-3-12
Connector Pin
YC103
Connected to the control
PWB
1
2 GND
3
Signal
+12V
HPSW
4 GND
YC104
Connected to the ISU motor
5 NC
6 LAMP
1 SCMOT1A
2 SCMOT2A
3 SCMOT1B
4 SCMOT2B
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
I/O Voltage
I 12 V DC
—
I 0/3.3 V DC
—
—
I 0/24 V DC
Description
12 V DC power source
Ground
Home position sensor: On/Off
Ground
Not used
Exposure lamp drive signal
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) ISU motor drive pulse
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) ISU motor drive pulse
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) ISU motor drive pulse
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) ISU motor drive pulse
YC105
Connected to the DP driver
PWB
1 +3.3V3C
2 GND
3 TIMSWN
4 ORGSWN
5 OPSWN
6 DPDETN
7 RELSOLN
8 PRESOLN
YC108
Connected to the DP driver
PWB
YC109
Connected to the DP driver
PWB
9 REVSOL
10 FEEDCL
1 MOT1A
2 MOT2A
3 MOT1B
4 MOT2B
5 +24V3
6 GND
1 +24V3
2 GND
O
—
I
I
I
I
O
O
—
3.3 V DC
0/3.3 V DC
0/3.3 V DC
0/3.3 V DC
0/3.3 V DC
0/24 V DC
0/24 V DC
3.3 V DC power source
Ground
DP timing sensor: On/Off
DP original sensor: On/Off
DP open/close sensor: On/Off
DP installation detection signal
DP switchback pressure solenoid:
(Release) On/Off
DP switchback pressure solenoid
(Press.): On/Off
O 0/24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
DP switchback feedshift solenoid: On/Off
DP paper feed clutch: On/Off
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) DP paper feed motor drive pulse
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) DP paper feed motor drive pulse
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) DP paper feed motor drive pulse
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) DP paper feed motor drive pulse
O 24 V DC
—
24 V DC power source
Ground
O 24 V DC
—
24 V DC power source
Ground
2-3-13
2-3-4 DP drive PWB
Figure 2-3-7 DP drive PWB silk-screen diagram
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-3-14
Connector Pin
YC1
1
Signal
MOT1A
Connected to scanner
PWB
2
3
MOT2A
MOT1B
4 MOT2B
5 +24V3
YC2
Connected to
DP open/ close sensor, DP original sensor and DP timing sensor
6 GND
1 PILED
2 GND
3 OPSWN
4
5
6
PILED
GND
ORGSWN
7 PILED
YC3
Connected to
DP paper feed motor
8 GND
9 TIMSWN
1 DPMOT1A
2 DPMOT2A
3 DPMOT1B
4 DPMOT2B
1 +24V3
2 PRESOLN
3 RELSOLN
YC4
Connected to
DP pressure solenoid
YC5
Connected to
DP switchback solenoid
YC6
Connected to
DP paper feed clutch
1
2
1
2
+24V3
REVSOL
+24V3
FEEDCL
YC7
Connected to scanner
PWB
1 +24V3
2 GND
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
I/O Voltage Description
I 0/24 V DC (pulse) DPPFM drive control signal
I 0/24 V DC (pulse) DPPFM drive control signal
I 0/24 V DC (pulse) DPPFM drive control signal
I 0/24 V DC (pulse) DPPFM drive control signal
I 24 V DC 24 V DC power from MPWB
—
O 3.3 V DC
Ground
3.3 V DC power to DPOCS
—
I 0/3.3 V DC
O 3.3 V DC
—
I 0/3.3 V DC
O 3.3 V DC
—
I 0/3.3 V DC
Ground
DPOCS: On/Off
3.3 V DC power to DPOS
Ground
DPOS: On/Off
3.3 V DC power to DPTS
Ground
DPTS: On/Off
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) DPPFM drive control signal
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) DPPFM drive control signal
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) DPPFM drive control signal
O 0/24 V DC (pulse) DPPFM drive control signal
O 24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
24 V DC power to DPPRSOL
DPPRSOL: ON (Press)/Off
DPPRSOL: On (Release)/Off
O 24 V DC
O 0/24 V DC
24 V DC power to DPSBSOL
DPSBSOL: On/Off
O
O
—
I
—
24 V DC
0/24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC power to DPPFCL
DPPFCL: On/Off
24 V DC power from SCPWB
Ground
2-3-15
Connector Pin
YC8
Connected to scanner
PWB
1
2 GND
3
Signal
+3.3V3C
TIMSWN
4 ORGSWN
5 OPSWN
6 DPDETN
7 RELSOLN
8 PRESOLN
9 REVSOL
10 FEEDCL
I/O Voltage
I 3.3 V DC
—
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 0/3.3 V DC
O 0/3.3 V DC
I 0/24 V DC
I 0/24 V DC
I 0/24 V DC
I 0/24 V DC
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
3.3 V DC power from MPWB
Ground
DPTS: On/Off
DPOS: On/Off
DPOCS: On/Off
DP set signal
DPPRSOL: On (Release)/Off
DPPRSOL: ON (Press)/Off
DPSBSOL: On/Off
DPPFCL: On/Off
2-3-16
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
2-4 Appendixes
2-4-1 Appendixes
(1) Wiring diagram
6
7
8
3
4
1
2
5
9
10
6
7
8
3
4
1
2
5
9
10
+5V1C
POWERKEY
GND
FPRSTN
PANTXD
PANRXD
+3.3V1C
PANRTS
PANCTS
GND
6
5
4
3
10
9
8
7
2
1
6
5
4
3
10
9
8
7
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
+24V1L
GND
PLGDRN
PLGRDY
PLGCLK
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
2
1
4
3
7
6
5
2
1
4
3
7
6
5
PDN
GND
VDON
VDOP
OUTPEN
SAMPLEN
+3.3V4A
9
10
11
12
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6
7
8
VBUS
DATA-
DATA+
GND
OUT-
OUT+
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
+24V1
GND
1
2
3
1
2
3
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
GND
+3.3V3C
CPUCLK
CPUSI
CPUSO
CPUSEL
CPURDY
OVANDHLD
PAUTGESET
SEGSO
SSCKN
SEGSI
SSBSY
SSDIR
SEGIR
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
+12V3
GND
HPSW
GND
NC
LAMP
LAMP
NC
GND
GND
HPSW
+3.3V3C
NC
CCDRSN
CCDRSP
NC
CCDCLPP
CCDCLPN
NC
CCDPH1N
CCDPH1P
NC
CCDPH2P
CCDPH2N
NC
CCDSH
CCDSW
GND
CCDDATAR
GND
CCDDATAG
GND
CCDDATAB
GND
+12V3
GND
+5V3E2
+5V3E2
25
26
27
28
29
20
21
22
23
24
30
31
32
15
16
17
18
19
10
11
12
13
14
7
8
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
25
26
27
28
29
20
21
22
23
24
30
31
32
15
16
17
18
19
10
11
12
13
14
7
8
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
2-4-1
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
SCMOT1A
SCMOT2A
SCMOT1B
SCMOT2B
5
4
5
4
LAMP
GND
3
2
1
3
2
1
(+3.3V3)
PI LED
GND
HPSWN
2
1
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
9
8
7
9
8
7
TIMSWN
GND
PI LED
(+3.3V3C)
6
5
4
6
5
4
ORGSWN
GND
PI LED
(+3.3V3C)
1
2
3
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
OPSWN
GND
PI LED
(+3.3V3C)
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
+24V3
PRESOLN
RELSOLN
1 1
+24V3
2 2
REVSOL
1
2
1
2
+24V3
FEEDCL
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
DPMOT1A
DPMOT2A
DPMOT1B
DPMOT2B
Developing roller
Transfer roller
+24V1
SGND
FAN
THERM
+3.3V1
HEATN
SLEEP
ZCROSS
+24V2
+24V2
PGND
PGND
6
7
4
5
1
2
3
8
9
10
11
12
6
7
4
5
8
1
2
3
9
10
11
12
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Drum
3
2
1
3
2
1
(+3.3V4)
PILED
GND
EXITN
1
2
3 3
4 4
1
2
3
5
7
6
4
1
2
3
5
7
6
4
1
2
+24V4IL
GND
MMOTRDYN
MOTCLK
REMOTEN
3
4
1
2
5
3
4
1
2
5
1
4
5
2
3
6
7
8
+24V4IL
GND
PFSI
PFSO
PFSEL
+3.3V1E
1
4
5
2
3
6
1
4
5
2
3
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
(+3.3V4)
PILED
GND
PAPER
1
2
3
1
2
3
(+3.3V4)
PILED
GND
HANDSN
1
2
1
2
+24V4IL
REGDRN
3
4
3
4
+24V4IL
FEDDRN
5
6
5
6
+24V4IL
DLPDRN
1
2
3
1
2
3
DUDR1
COMMON
DUDR2
1
2
1
2
+24V4IL
MPFDRN
1
2
1
2
+24V0
FAN
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
RCL
PFCL
2
1
2
1
DEVCL
DUSOL
MPPFSOL
1
2
1
2
ERASER
ERASPW
2
1
2
1
2-4-2
(2) Repetitive defects gauge
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
First occurrence of defect
[24.99 mm/1″] Upper registration roller
[37.68 mm/1 1/2″] Lower registration roller
[45.216 mm/1 3/4″] Transfer roller
[62.8 mm/2 1/2″] Developing roller (developing unit)
[73.162 mm/2 7/8″] Heat roller (fuser unit)
[78.5 mm/3 1/16″] Press roller (fuser unit)
[94 mm/3 11/16″] Drum (drum unit)
2-4-3
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(3) Maintenance parts list
Maintenance part name
Name used in service manual
Maintenance kit
Name used in parts list
MK-1130/MAINTENANCE KIT (OPTION)
(For 30ppm, 100,000page) DK-150
DV-132(U)
MK-1132/MAINTENANCE KIT (OPTION)
DK-150
DV-130(E)
MK-1134/MAINTENANCE KIT (OPTION)
DK-150
Maintenance kit
DV-134(AO)
MK-1140/MAINTENANCE KIT (OPTION)
(For 35ppm, 100,000page) DK-150
DV-132(U)
MK-1142/MAINTENANCE KIT (OPTION)
DK-150
DV-130(E)
MK-1144/MAINTENANCE KIT (OPTION)
DK-150
DV-134(AO)
Part No.
1702MJ0NL0
Alternative part No.
072MJ0NL
1702MJ0KL0 072MJ0KL
1702MJ0AS0 072MJ0AS
1702ML0NL0 072ML0NL
1702ML0KL0 072ML0KL
1702ML0AS0 072ML0AS
2-4-4
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(4) Firmware Environment Commands
The printer maintains a number of printing parameters in its memory. There parameters may be changed permanently with the FRPO (Firmware RePrOgram) commands.
This section provides information on how to use the FRPO command and its parameters using examples.
Using FRPO Commands for Reprogramming Firmware
The current settings of the FRPO parameters are listed as optional values on the service status page.
Note: Before changing any FRPO parameter, print out a service status page, so you will know the parameter values before the changes are made. To return FRPO parameters to their factory default values, send the
FRPO INIT (FRPO-INITialize) command.(!R! FRPO INIT; EXIT;)
The FRPO command is sent to the printer in the following sequence:
!R! FRPO parameter, value; EXIT;
Example: Changing emulation mode to PC-PR201/65A
!R! FRPO P1, 11; EXIT;
FRPO Parameters
Top margin
Left margin
Environment
Page length
Page width
Default pattern resolution
Copy count
Page orientation
Default font No. *
PCL font switch
Total host buffer size
Form feed time-out value
KIR mode
Para meter
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
Values
Integer value in inches
Fraction value in 1/100 inches
Integer value in inches
Fraction value in 1/100 inches
Integer value in inches
Fraction value in 1/100 inches
A7
A8
Integer value in inches
Fraction value in 1/100 inches
B8 0: 300 dpi
1: 600 dpi
C0 Number of copies to print:1-999
C1 0: Portrait
1: Landscape
C2
C3
C5
Middle two digits of power-up font
Last two digits of power-up font
First two digits of power-up font
C8 0:HP compatibility mode (Characters higher than 127 are not printed.)
32:Conventional mode (Characters higher than
127 are printed. Supported symbol sets: ISO-60
Norway [00D], ISO-15 Italian [00I], ISO-11 Sweden [00S], ISO-6 ASCII [00U], ISO-4 U.K.
[01E], ISO-69 France [01F], ISO-21 Germany
[01G], ISO-17 Spain [02S], Symbol [19M] a
)
H8 0 to 99 in units of the size defined by FRPO S5
H9 Value in units of 5 seconds (0 to 99).
N0 0: Off
2: On
Factory setting
0
0
0
0
13
61
13
61
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
5
6
2
2-4-5
Environment
Duplex binding
Sleep timer time-out time
Ecoprint level
Printing resolution
Default emulation mode
Carriage-return action *
Linefeed action *
Automatic emulation sensing
(For KPDL3)
Alternative emulation
(For KPDL3)
Automatic emulation
switching trigger
(For KPDL3)
Command recognition character
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Para meter
N4 0: Off
1: Long edge
2: Short edge
Values
N5 1 to 240 minutes [0: Off]
N6 0:Off
2:On
N8 0: 300dpi
1: 600dpi
3: 1200dpi
P1 0: Line Printer
1: IBM Proprinter X24E
2: Diablo 630
5: Epson LQ-850
6: PCL 6
9: KPDL
P2 0: Ignores 0x0d
1: Carriage-return
2: Carriage-return+linefeed
P3 0: Ignores 0x0d
1: Linefeed
2: Linefeed+carriage-return
P4 0:AES disabled
1:AES enabled
P5 Same as the P1 values except that 9 is ignored.
Factory setting
0
15
0
1
9 (U.S.A) or
6 (Euro and other)
1
1
1 (U.S.A) or
0 (Euro and other)
6
P7 0: Page eject commands
1: None
2: Page eject and Prescribe EXIT
3: Prescribe EXIT
4: Formfeed (^L)
6: Page eject, Prescribe EXIT and formfeed
10: Page eject commands; if AES fails, resolves to KPDL
P9 ASCII code of 33 to 126
11 (U.S.A) or
10 (Euro and other)
82 (R)
2-4-6
Environment
Default paper size
Default cassette
MP tray paper size
Daisywheel data length
A4/letter equation
Host buffer size
RAM disk size
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Para meter
Values
R2 0: Size of the default paper cassette (See R4.)
1: Monarch (3-7/8 × 7-1/2 inches)
2: Business (4-1/8 × 9-1/2 inches)
3: International DL (11 × 22 cm)
4: International C5 (16.2 × 22.9 cm)
5: Executive (7-1/4 × 10-1/2 inches)
6: US Letter (8-1/2 × 11 inches)
7: US Legal (8-1/2 × 14 inches)
8: A4 (21.0 × 29.7 cm)
9: B5 (18.2 × 25.7 cm)
13: A5
14: A6 (10.5 × 14.8 cm)
15: B6 (12.8 × 18.2 cm)
16: Commercial #9 (3-7/8 × 8-7/8 inches)
17: Commercial #6 (3-5/8 × 6-1/2 inches)
18: B5 (17.6 × 25 cm)
19: Custom (11.7 × 17.7 inches)f
20: B4→A4 reduces
21: A3→A4 reduces
22: A4→A4 98% reduces
23: Stock form→A4 reduces
31: Hagaki (10 × 14.8 cm)f
32: Ofuku-Hagaki (14.8 × 20 cm)f
33: Officio II
40: 16K
42: 21.6 x 34 cm
50: Statement
51: Folio
52: Youkei 2
53: Youkei 4
R4 0: Multi-purpose tray 1
1: Cassette 1
2: Cassette 2
3: Cassette 3
R7 Same as the R2 values except: 0
Factory setting
0
1
6 (U.S.A) or
8 (Euro and other)
7 R8 7:7-bit
8:8-bit
S4 0:Off
1:On
S5 0: 10kB (x H8)
1: 100kB (x H8)
2: 1024kB (x H8)
S6 1 to 1024 MB
1
1
400
2-4-7
Environment
RAM disk mode
Cassette 1 paper size
Cassette 1 paper size
Cassette 1 paper size
Wide A4
Line spacing *
Line spacing *
Character spacing *
Character spacing *
Para meter
S7 0: Off
1: On
Values
T1 4: International C5 (16.2 × 22.9 cm)
5: Executive (7-1/4 × 10-1/2 inches)
6: US Letter (8-1/2 × 11 inches)
7: US Legal (8-1/2 × 14 inches)
8: A4 (21.0 × 29.7 cm)
9: B5 (18.2 × 25.7 cm)
13: A5
14: A6 (10.5 × 14.8 cm)
18: B5 (17.6 × 25 cm)
19: Custom (11.7 × 17.7 inches)f
33: Officio II
40: 16K
42:216×340
50: Statement
51: Folio
T2 4: International C5 (16.2 × 22.9 cm)
5: Executive (7-1/4 × 10-1/2 inches)
6: US Letter (8-1/2 × 11 inches)
7: US Legal (8-1/2 × 14 inches)
8: A4 (21.0 × 29.7 cm)
9: B5 (18.2 × 25.7 cm)
13: A5
18: B5 (17.6 × 25 cm)
19: Custom (11.7 × 17.7 inches)f
33: Officio II
40: 16K
42:216×340
51: Folio
T3 Same as above.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Factory setting
0
6 (U.S.A) or
8 (Euro and other)
6 (U.S.A) or
8 (Euro and other)
T6
U0
U1
U2
U3
0:Off
1:On
Lines per inch (integer value)
Lines per inch (fraction value)
Characters per inch (integer value)
Characters per inch (fraction value)
6 (U.S.A) or
8 (Euro and other)
0
10
0
6
0
2-4-8
Font pitch for fixed pitch scalable font
Font height for the default scalable font *
Default weight (courier and letter
Gothic)
Environment
Country code
Code set at power up in daisywheel emulation
Default scalable font *
Para meter
Values
U6 0: US-ASCII
1: France
2: Germany
3: UK
4: Denmark
5: Sweden
6: Italy
7: Spain
8: Japan
9: US Legal
10: IBM PC-850 (Multilingual)
11: IBM PC-860 (Portuguese)
12: IBM PC-863 (Canadian French)
13: IBM PC-865 (Norwegian)
14: Norway
15: Denmark 2
16: Spain 2
17: Latin America
21: US ASCII (U7=50 SET)
77: HP Roman-8 (U7=52 SET)
U7 0: Same as the default emulation mode (P1)
1: IBM
6: IBM PC-8
50: US ASCII (U6=21 SET)
52: HP Roman-8 (U6=77 SET)
U8 Integer value in cpi: 0 – 99
U9 Fraction value in 1/100 cpi: 0 – 99
V0 Integer value in 100 points: 0–9
V1 Integer value in points: 0–99
V2 Fraction value in 1/100 points: 0, 25, 50, 75
V3 Name of typeface of up to 32 characters, enclosed with single or double quotation marks
V9 0:Courier = darkness
Letter Gothic = darkness
1:Courier = regular letter Gothic = darkness
4:Courier = darkness
Letter Gothic = regular
5:Courier = regular letter Gothic = regular
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Factory setting
41
53
10
0
0
12
0
Courier
5
2-4-9
Environment
Paper type for the MP tray
Paper type for paper cassettes 1
Para meter
X0 1: Plain 1
2: Transparency
3: Preprinted
4: Label
5: Bond
6: Recycle
7: Vellum
9: Letterhead
10: Color
11: Prepunched
12: Envelope
13: Cardstock
16: Thick
17: High Quality
21: Custom1
22: Custom2
23: Custom3
24: Custom4
25: Custom5
26: Custom6
27: Custom7
28: Custom8
X1 1: Plain
3: Preprinted
5: Bond
6: Recycled
9: Letterhead
10: Color
11: Prepunched
17: High Quality
21: Custom1
22: Custom2
23: Custom3
24: Custom4
25: Custom5
26: Custom6
27: Custom7
28: Custom8
Values
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Factory setting
1
1
2-4-10
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Environment
Paper type for paper cassettes 2 to
4
PCL paper source
Automatic continue for ‘Press GO’
Automatic continue timer
Para meter
X2
X3
1: Plain
3: Preprinted
5: Bond
6: Recycled
9: Letterhead
10: Color
11: Prepunched
17: High Quality
21: Custom1
22: Custom2
23: Custom3
24: Custom4
25: Custom5
26: Custom6
27: Custom7
28: Custom8
Values
X9 0: Performs paper selection depending on media type.
1: Performs paper selection depending on paper sources.
Y0 0:Off
1:On
Y1 number from 0 to 99 in increments of 5 seconds
Factory setting
1
0
0
6
(30secons)
2-4-11
Environment
Error message for device error
Duplex operation for specified paper type
(Prepunched, Preprintedand Letterhead)
Para meter
Y3 0:Not Detect
1:Detect
Y4 0:Off
1:On
Default operation for PDF direct printing
Values
Y5 0: Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size. Loads paper from the current paper cassette.
1: Through the image. Loads paper which is the same size as the image.
2: Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size. Loads Letter, A4 size paper depending on the image size.
3: Through the image. Loads Letter, A4 size paper depending on the image size.
8: Through the image. Loads paper from the current paper cassette.
9: Through the image. Loads Letter, A4 size paper depending on the image size.
10: Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size. Loads Letter, A4 size paper depending on the imagesize.
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Factory setting
127
0
0 a. Characters higher than 127 are printed regardless of the C8 value. However, setting C8 to 0 does not print character code 160.
*. Ignored in some emulation modes.
2-4-12
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
(5) Maintenance Commands
This section provides information on how to use the maintenance command and its parameters using examples.
Adjusting the print start timing (alternative command for the maintenance mode U034)
Description
Adjusts the leading edge registration or left edge.
Purpose
Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of the copy image and original.
Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the left edges of the copy image and original.
Format
!R! KCFG“PFRC”,#1 ,#2 ,#3;
Parameter #1 Paper source number
0: MP tray
2-6 : Cassette2-6
100: Duplex (e.g. landscape images short-edge bind)
200: Rotated duplex (e.g. portrait images long-edge bind)
#2
#3
Edge to adjust
1: Leading edge
2: Left edge
Adjustable range (-128 to +127)
number of dot in 600dpi
Example: Set the leading edge of MP tray to +30 dots
!R! KCFG “PFRC”,0,1,30;EXIT;
Leading edge registration
Correct image Output example 1
Left edge of printing
Output example 2
Correct image Output example 1
Output example 2
2-4-13
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Adjusting the scanner magnification (alternative command for the maintenance mode U065)
Description
Adjusts the magnification of the original scanning.
Purpose
Make the adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction is incorrect.
Make the adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction is incorrect.
Format
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,8, #1,#2;EXIT;
Parameter #1 1: Y SCAN ZOOM Scanner magnification in the main scanning direction
2: X SCAN ZOOM Scanner magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction
#2 #1=1: Adjustable range: -32 to 127 (in 0.1% increment) (0: default)
#2=2 : Adjustable range: -25 to 25 (in 0.1% increment) (0: default)
Example: Y SCAN ZOOM set to 55, X SCAN ZOOM set to 10
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,8,1,55; KCFG “SCAN”,8,2,10;EXIT;
Magnified in the main scanning direction
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
Magnified in the auxiliary scanning direction
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2-4-14
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration (alternative command for the maintenance U066)
Description
Adjusts the scanner leading edge registration of the original scanning.
Purpose
Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of the copy image and original.
Format
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,5,#1,#2;;EXIT;
Parameter #1 1: Scanner leading edge registration
2: Scanner leading edge registration of rotated scan
#2 Adjustable range: -45 to 45 (in 0.086mm increment) (0: default)
Example: Scanner leading edge registration set to 10 to increase 0.86mm
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,5,1,”10”;EXIT;
Scanner leading edge registration (within ± 2.5 mm)
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2-4-15
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Adjusting the scanner center line (alternative command for the maintenance mode U067)
Description
Adjusts the scanner center line of the original scanning.
Purpose
Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of the copy image and original.
Format
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,6, #1;#2;EXIT;
Parameter #1 1: Scanner center line
2: Scanner center line of rotated scan
#2 #1=1: Adjustable range: -70 to 70 (in 0.086mm increment) (0: default)
#1=2: Adjustable range: -40 to 40 (in 0.086mm increment) (0: default)
Example: Scanner leading edge registration set to 20 to increase 1.72mm
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,6,1,20;EXIT;
Scanner center line (within ± 2.0 mm)
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2-4-16
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Adjusting the scanning position for originals from the DP (alternative command for the maintenance mode U068)
Description
Adjusts the position for scanning originals from the DP. Performs the test copy at the four scanning positions after adjusting.
Purpose
Used when the image fogging occurs because the scanning position is not proper when the DP is used. Execute KCFG “EESS”,4, 107, 1, “#1”; command to adjust the timing of DP leading edge when the scanning position is changed.
Format
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,9, #1,#2;EXIT;
Parameter #1 1: DP READ Starting position adjustment for scanning originals
2: BLACK LINE Scanning position for the test copy originals
#2 #1=1: Adjustable range: -33 to 33 (in 0.086mm increment) (0: default)
#1=2: Adjustable range: 0 to 3 (in 0.22mm increment) (0: default)
Example: DP READ set to 15, BLACK LINE set to 3
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,9,1,15; KCFG “SCAN”,9,2,3;EXIT;
2-4-17
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Adjusting the DP magnification (alternative command for the maintenance mode U070)
Description
Adjusts the DP original scanning speed.
Purpose
Make the adjustment if the magnification is incorrect in the auxiliary scanning direction when the DP is used.
Format
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,4, #1;#2;EXIT;
Parameter #1 2: CONVEYING SPEED Magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction
#2 Adjustable range: —25 to 25 (in 0.1% increment) (0: default)
Example: DP scanning magnification set to 20 to increase 2%
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,4,2,20;EXIT;
Leading edge registration
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2-4-18
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Adjusting the DP scanning timing (alternative command for the maintenance mode U071)
Description
Adjusts the DP original scanning timing.
Purpose
Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading or trailing edges of the original and the copy image when the DP is used.
Format
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,2,#1,#2;EXIT;
Parameter #1 1: FRONT HEAD Leading edge registration (first page)
2: FRONT TAIL Trailing edge registration (first page)
3: BACK HEAD Leading edge registration (second page)
4: BACK TAIL Trailing edge registration (second page)
5: ROTATE Leading edge registration (rotate scan)
#2 #1=1: Adjustable range: -32 to 32 (in 0.196mm increment) (0: default)
#1=2: Adjustable range: -32 to 32 (in 0.196mm increment) (0: default)
#1=3: Adjustable range: -45 to 45 (in 0.196mm increment) (0: default)
#1=4: Adjustable range: -45 to 45 (in 0.196mm increment) (0: default)
#1=5: Adjustable range: -128 to 128 (in 0.196mm increment) (0: default)
Example: FRONT HEAD set to 10, FRONT TAIL set to 15, BACK HEAD set to 10, BACK TAIL 15
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,2,1,10; KCFG “SCAN”,2,2,15; KCFG “SCAN”,2,3,10; KCFG “SCAN”,2,4,15;EXIT;
Leading edge registration
Original Copy example 1
Trailing edge registration
Copy example 2
Original
Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2-4-19
Adjusting the DP center line (alternative command for the maintenance mode U072)
2PK/2PL/2PM/2PN
Description
Adjusts the scanning center line for the DP original.
Purpose
Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the original and the copy image when the DP is used.
Format
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,3, #1,#2;EXIT;
Parameter #1 1: FRONT Center line (first page)
2: BACK Center line (second page)
3: ROTATE Center line (rotated scan)
#2 Setting range: -39 to 39 (in 0.086mm increment) (initial: 0)
Example: FRONT set to 15, BACK set to 3
!R! KCFG “SCAN”,3,1,15; KCFG “SCAN”,3,2,3;EXIT;
DP center line
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
2-4-20
INSTALLATION GUIDE